WO2025167443A1 - Communication method and related device - Google Patents
Communication method and related deviceInfo
- Publication number
- WO2025167443A1 WO2025167443A1 PCT/CN2025/071211 CN2025071211W WO2025167443A1 WO 2025167443 A1 WO2025167443 A1 WO 2025167443A1 CN 2025071211 W CN2025071211 W CN 2025071211W WO 2025167443 A1 WO2025167443 A1 WO 2025167443A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- model
- tasks
- task
- information
- models
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Pending
Links
Classifications
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING OR CALCULATING; COUNTING
- G06N—COMPUTING ARRANGEMENTS BASED ON SPECIFIC COMPUTATIONAL MODELS
- G06N5/00—Computing arrangements using knowledge-based models
- G06N5/04—Inference or reasoning models
- G06N5/045—Explanation of inference; Explainable artificial intelligence [XAI]; Interpretable artificial intelligence
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04B—TRANSMISSION
- H04B17/00—Monitoring; Testing
- H04B17/30—Monitoring; Testing of propagation channels
- H04B17/373—Predicting channel quality or other radio frequency [RF] parameters
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04B—TRANSMISSION
- H04B17/00—Monitoring; Testing
- H04B17/30—Monitoring; Testing of propagation channels
- H04B17/391—Modelling the propagation channel
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W24/00—Supervisory, monitoring or testing arrangements
- H04W24/02—Arrangements for optimising operational condition
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W8/00—Network data management
- H04W8/22—Processing or transfer of terminal data, e.g. status or physical capabilities
- H04W8/24—Transfer of terminal data
Definitions
- the present application relates to the field of communications, and in particular to a communication method and related equipment.
- Wireless communication can be the transmission communication between two or more communication nodes without propagating through conductors or cables.
- the communication nodes generally include network devices and terminal devices.
- communication nodes generally possess both signal transceiver capabilities and computing capabilities.
- network devices with computing capabilities primarily provide computing power to support signal transceiver capabilities (e.g., processing both sending and receiving signals), enabling communication between the network device and other communication nodes.
- communication nodes may have excess computing power beyond just supporting the aforementioned communication tasks. Therefore, how to utilize this computing power is a pressing technical issue.
- the present application provides a communication method and related equipment, which are used to enable communication nodes to process models and downstream tasks (and/or downstream models) of the models while also realizing performance measurement and/or performance feedback of downstream tasks (and/or downstream models) of the models.
- the present application provides a communication method, which is performed by a first communication device.
- the first communication device may be a communication device (such as a terminal device or a network device), or the first communication device may be a partial component in the communication device (such as a processor, a chip, a baseband chip, a modem chip, a system-on-chip (SoC) chip containing a modem core, a system-in-package (SIP) chip, a communication module, or a chip system, etc.), or the first communication device may also be a logic module or software that can implement all or part of the functions of the communication device.
- SoC system-on-chip
- SIP system-in-package
- the first communication device after receiving the first information indicating M tasks, can send second information and indicate the performance of one or more tasks in the M tasks through the second information.
- the first communication device can deploy the first model and, based on the indication of the first information, measure and/or provide feedback on the task performance achieved by the output of the first model. This allows the computing power of the communication node to process the model and its downstream tasks (and/or downstream models) while also achieving performance measurement and/or performance feedback.
- the input of any task is determined based on the output of the first model, that is, the output of the first model can be used to execute one or more tasks.
- the first communication device can measure and/or provide feedback on the performance of the M tasks corresponding to the first model based on the indication of the first information. This can improve the flexibility of the solution implementation while also enabling the first model to provide an indication of performance measurement and/or feedback of the downstream task in scenarios where the first model has downstream tasks.
- model may be used interchangeably with other terms, such as neural network model, neural network, artificial intelligence (AI) model, machine learning model, etc.
- AI artificial intelligence
- the first information may be used to instruct to perform one or more of the following operations on the performance of the M tasks: measurement, testing, monitoring, evaluation, measurement, feedback, or reporting.
- any of the M tasks may be implemented in a variety of ways, including signal processing, model processing, processing in other applications (APP), or other ways.
- APP applications
- the output of the first model can be a channel frequency response (CFR), and any of the M tasks can be model processing for CSI acquisition, resource management or user scheduling applications, model processing for interference prediction, interference management applications, model processing for modulation and coding scheme (MCS) prediction, or adaptive modulation and coding applications.
- CFR channel frequency response
- MCS modulation and coding scheme
- the M tasks are included in N tasks, where N is an integer greater than or equal to M; the N tasks correspond to P task sets, each task set in the P task sets includes one or more tasks in the N tasks, and different task sets in the P task sets include different tasks; wherein, the input of any task in the i+1th task set in the P task sets includes the output of one or more tasks in the i-th task set in the P task sets, P is a positive integer, and i is 1 to P-1.
- the input of one or more tasks included in the first task set includes at least the output of the first model
- the input of one or more tasks included in the second task set includes at least the result obtained by processing the output of the first model through one or more tasks in the first task set
- the input of one or more tasks included in the P-th task set includes at least the result obtained by processing the output of the first model through one or more tasks in the P-1-th task set.
- the P task sets can also be expressed as P-level task sets.
- the input of one or more tasks included in the first-level task set includes at least the output of the first model
- the input of one or more tasks included in the second-level task set includes at least the result obtained by processing the output of the first model through one or more tasks in the first-level task set
- the input of one or more tasks included in the P-th task set includes at least the result obtained by processing the output of the first model through one or more tasks in the P-1-th task set.
- the input of any task is determined based on the output of the first model.
- the input of any task at least includes the result obtained by passing the output of the first model through 0, 1, or more tasks, that is, the N tasks may include a set of one or more downstream tasks of the first model. This enables the first information to provide an indication of performance measurement and/or feedback of the downstream tasks of the first model in a scenario where the first model has a set of one or more downstream tasks.
- the input of any task in the i+1th task set among the P task sets includes the output of one or more tasks in the i-th task set among the P task sets; it can be understood that the input of any task in the j-th task set among the P task sets includes the result obtained after the output of the first model has undergone j-1 processing processes, and the j-1 processing processes respectively include the processing of one or more tasks in each task set in the j-1 task sets before the j-th task set, and the value of j is 1 to P.
- the first information includes M identifiers, which are respectively used to indicate the M tasks; any one of the M identifiers includes K indexes, wherein the kth index among the K indexes is used to indicate one or more tasks in the kth task set among the first K task sets in P task sets, and the value of k is 1 to K, and K is a positive integer less than or equal to P.
- the M identifiers are used to indicate M tasks respectively. It can be understood that the M identifiers correspond one-to-one to the M tasks, and/or the mth identifier among the M identifiers is used to indicate the mth task among the M tasks, and m takes a value of 1 to M.
- the first information received by the first communication device may include M identifiers respectively used to indicate the M tasks.
- the task indicated by any one of the identifiers may be represented as a task in the Kth (K is an integer less than or equal to P) task set among the P task sets.
- any one of the M identifiers may include K indexes, so as to indicate one or more tasks contained in each of the K task sets through the K indexes.
- different task sets may be understood as task sets of different levels.
- K task sets may be expressed as K-level task sets
- the k-th task set may be expressed as the k-th-level task set.
- the indexes between different task sets may be continuous (eg, continuously increasing or continuously decreasing).
- any identifier further includes an identifier of the first model.
- the first communication device can deploy one or more first models. Accordingly, each first model may have downstream tasks. To this end, among the M identifiers used to indicate M tasks, any identifier can also include an identifier of the first model. In this way, the first information can indicate the downstream tasks corresponding to one or more first models.
- the first information includes T indexes, the tasks indicated by the T indexes are the M tasks, the T indexes respectively indicate T task sets in the P task sets, and T is a positive integer less than or equal to P; the tth index in the T indexes is used to indicate 0 or one or more tasks contained in the tth task set in the T task sets, and t is a positive integer less than T.
- the N tasks downstream of the first model can be included in P task sets, and correspondingly, M tasks in the N tasks can be included in T task sets in the P task sets.
- the first information for indicating the M tasks may include T indexes, and the T indexes are respectively used to indicate 0 or one or more tasks of each task set in the T task sets. In this way, the first information can indicate the M tasks through the tasks included in each task set in the T task sets.
- T task sets may be expressed as a T-level task set
- t-th task set may be expressed as a t-th level task set.
- T is less than or equal to P, that is, the T task sets are part or all of the P task sets.
- the indexes between different task sets i.e., the T indexes
- the first information further includes an identifier of the first model.
- the first information may also include an identifier of the first model.
- the first communication device may deploy one or more first models, and accordingly, each first model may have downstream tasks.
- the first information may also include an identifier of the first model. In this way, the first information can indicate downstream tasks corresponding to one or more first models.
- the first information can indicate M tasks respectively through M equal-length identifiers, that is, different tasks can be indicated by sequences of equal length. In this way, the implementation complexity can be reduced.
- the second information may indicate one or more tasks in the M tasks in a manner similar to the manner in which the first information indicates one or more tasks in the M tasks.
- the second information may include M identifiers, T indexes, and the like.
- a third aspect of the present application provides a communication method, which is performed by a first communication device.
- the first communication device can be a communication device (such as a terminal device or a network device), or the first communication device can be a partial component in the communication device (such as a processor, chip, baseband chip, modem chip, system on chip (SoC) chip containing a modem core, system in package (SIP) chip, communication module, or chip system, etc.), or the first communication device can also be a logic module or software that can implement all or part of the functions of the communication device.
- SoC system on chip
- any one of the models is determined based on the second model, that is, the second model can be processed once or multiple times to generate any one of the M models.
- the first communication device can measure and/or provide feedback on the performance of the M models corresponding to the second model based on the indication of the first information, which can improve the flexibility of the solution implementation and also enable the performance measurement and/or feedback of the downstream model to be indicated in the scenario where the second model has a downstream model.
- fourth information may indicate the performance of one or more models in various ways.
- the first communication device sends the fourth information, including: when the performance of one or more models in the M models is lower than or equal to a threshold, the first communication device sends the fourth information.
- the first communication device after receiving the third information indicating M models, can obtain the performance corresponding to the M models, and when the performance of one or more models among the M models is lower than or equal to a threshold, send fourth information indicating the performance of the one or more models, so that the recipient of the fourth information can determine the model with degraded performance through the fourth information.
- the present application provides a communication method, which is performed by a second communication device.
- the second communication device may be a communication device (such as a terminal device or a network device), or the second communication device may be a partial component in the communication device (such as a processor, a chip, a baseband chip, a modem chip, a system-on-chip (SoC) chip containing a modem core, a system-in-package (SIP) chip, a communication module, or a chip system, etc.), or the second communication device may also be a logic module or software that can implement all or part of the functions of the communication device.
- SoC system-on-chip
- SIP system-in-package
- the second communication device sends third information, which is used to indicate M models, where M is a positive integer; wherein any model of the M models is determined based on the second model; and the second communication device receives fourth information, which is used to indicate the performance of one or more models of the M models.
- the second communication device can receive fourth information and determine the performance of one or more models in the M models through the fourth information.
- the first communication device can deploy the second model and M models obtained based on the second model, and measure and/or feedback the performance of the M models based on the indication of the first information.
- the computing power of the communication node can process the model and the downstream tasks (and/or downstream models) of the model while also being able to achieve performance measurement and/or performance feedback, and achieve performance feedback.
- any one of the models is determined based on the second model, that is, the second model can be processed once or multiple times to generate any one of the M models.
- the first communication device can measure and/or provide feedback on the performance of the M models corresponding to the second model based on the indication of the first information, which can improve the flexibility of the solution implementation and also enable the performance measurement and/or feedback of the downstream model to be indicated in the scenario where the second model has a downstream model.
- any one of the one or more models included in the first model set is obtained by model processing based on the second model
- any one of the one or more models included in the second model set is obtained by model processing based on one or more models in the first model set...
- any one of the one or more models included in the P-th model set is obtained by model processing based on one or more models in the P-1-th model set.
- the P model sets can also be expressed as P-level model sets.
- any one model is determined based on the second model.
- the any one model can be obtained by processing the second model zero times, one time, or multiple times. That is, the N models can include a set of one or more downstream models of the second model. This allows the first information to provide an indication of performance measurement and/or feedback for downstream models of the second model in a scenario where the second model has a set of one or more downstream models.
- any model in the i+1th model set among the P model sets is determined based on one or more models in the i-th model set among the P model sets; it can be understood that any model in the p-th model set among the P model sets is obtained based on the second model after p-1 processing processes, and the p-1 processing processes include model processing corresponding to one or more models in each model set in the p-1 model sets before the p-th model set, and the value of p is 1 to P.
- the third information includes M identifiers, which are respectively used to indicate the M models; any one of the M identifiers includes K indexes; wherein the kth index among the K indexes is used to indicate the model processing corresponding to one or more models in the kth model set in the first K model sets in the P model sets, and k ranges from 1 to K, where K is a positive integer less than or equal to P.
- the M identifiers are used to indicate M models respectively. It can be understood that the M identifiers correspond one-to-one to the M models, and/or the mth identifier among the M identifiers is used to indicate the mth model among the M models, and m takes a value of 1 to M.
- the indexes between different model sets may be continuous (eg, continuously increasing or continuously decreasing).
- the any identifier further includes an identifier of the processing of the second model.
- the first communication device can deploy one or more second models.
- each second model may have a downstream model.
- any identifier can also include the identifier of the second model.
- the first information can indicate the downstream models corresponding to one or more second models.
- the third information includes T indexes, the models indicated by the T indexes are the M models, and the T indexes are respectively used to indicate the T model sets in the P model sets, where T is a positive integer less than or equal to P; the tth index in the T indexes is used to indicate 0 or one or more models contained in the tth model set in the T model sets, where t is a positive integer less than T.
- the N models downstream of the second model can be included in P model sets, and accordingly, M models in the N models can be included in T model sets in the P model sets.
- the first information used to indicate the M models can include T indexes, and the T indexes are respectively used to indicate 0 or one or more models of each model set in the T model sets. In this way, the first information can indicate the M models through the models included in each model set in the T model sets.
- T model sets can be expressed as a T-level model set
- t-th model set can be expressed as a t-th level model set
- T is less than or equal to P, that is, the T model sets are part or all of the P model sets.
- the indexes between different model sets i.e., the T indexes
- the third information further includes an identifier of the processing of the second model.
- the third information may also include an identifier of the second model.
- the first communication device may deploy one or more second models, and accordingly, each second model may have a downstream model.
- the third information may also include an identifier of the second model. In this way, the first information can indicate the downstream models corresponding to one or more second models.
- the T indexes satisfy at least one of the following: in the tth index among the T indexes, the value of the first bit is used to indicate whether the third information includes the t+xth index, and the value of x is 1 to T-t; or, in the tth index among the T indexes, when the value of the tth index is a preset value, the tth index is used to indicate the model (or all models) included in the tth model set.
- the value of the t-th index is a preset value, which can be understood as, among the multiple bits contained in the t-th index, the values of the other bits except the first bit are preset values (for example, all 0s or all 1s, etc.); or, among the multiple bits contained in the t-th index, the values of the multiple bits are preset values.
- the value of the first bit is used to indicate whether the first information includes the t+xth index, so that the first communication device can determine whether it is necessary to parse the t+xth index based on the value of the first bit in the tth index, which can reduce the implementation complexity and avoid unnecessary overhead.
- the t-th index when the value of the t-th index is a preset value, the t-th index is used to indicate the models included in the t-th model set. In this way, one or more models corresponding to an identifier can be indicated by a special value of the identifier, thereby reducing overhead.
- the third information includes M identifiers, and the M identifiers are respectively used to indicate the M models; among the M identifiers, the lengths of different identifiers are the same.
- the third information can indicate M models respectively through M equal-length identifiers, that is, different models can be indicated by sequences of equal length. In this way, the implementation complexity can be reduced.
- the fourth information is further used to indicate an identifier of one or more models among the M models.
- the fourth information can be used to indicate the performance of one or more models in the M models.
- the fourth information can also be used to indicate the one or more models.
- the recipient of the fourth information can determine the one or more models in the M models based on the fourth information and clearly understand that the performance indicated by the fourth information is the performance of the one or more models in the M models.
- the manner in which the fourth information indicates one or more models among the M models may refer to the manner in which the third information indicates one or more models among the M models.
- the fourth information may include M identifiers, T indexes, and the like.
- the present application provides a communication device, which is a first communication device and includes a transceiver unit and a processing unit; the transceiver unit is used to receive first information, and the first information is used to indicate M tasks, where M is a positive integer; wherein the input of any one of the M tasks is determined based on the output of the first model; the processing unit is used to determine second information; the transceiver unit is also used to send second information, and the second information is used to indicate the performance of one or more tasks among the M tasks.
- the constituent modules of the communication device can also be used to execute the steps performed in each possible implementation method of the first aspect and achieve corresponding technical effects.
- the constituent modules of the communication device can also be used to execute the steps performed in each possible implementation method of the first aspect and achieve corresponding technical effects.
- the present application provides a communication device, which is a second communication device and includes a transceiver unit and a processing unit; the processing unit is used to determine first information; the transceiver unit is used to send first information, and the first information is used to indicate M tasks, where M is a positive integer; wherein the input of any one of the M tasks is determined based on the output of the first model; the transceiver unit is also used to receive second information, and the second information is used to indicate the performance of one or more of the M tasks.
- the constituent modules of the communication device can also be used to execute the steps performed in each possible implementation method of the second aspect and achieve corresponding technical effects.
- the constituent modules of the communication device can also be used to execute the steps performed in each possible implementation method of the second aspect and achieve corresponding technical effects.
- a communication device which is a first communication device and includes a transceiver unit and a processing unit; the transceiver unit is used to receive third information, and the third information is used to indicate M models, where M is a positive integer; wherein any one of the M models is determined based on the second model; the processing unit is used to determine fourth information; the transceiver unit is also used to send fourth information, and the fourth information is used to indicate the performance of one or more models among the M models.
- the constituent modules of the communication device can also be used to execute the steps performed in each possible implementation method of the third aspect and achieve corresponding technical effects.
- the constituent modules of the communication device can also be used to execute the steps performed in each possible implementation method of the third aspect and achieve corresponding technical effects.
- the constituent modules of the communication device can also be used to execute the steps performed in each possible implementation method of the fourth aspect and achieve corresponding technical effects.
- the constituent modules of the communication device can also be used to execute the steps performed in each possible implementation method of the fourth aspect and achieve corresponding technical effects.
- the present application provides a communication device, comprising at least one processor coupled to a memory; the memory is used to store programs or instructions; the at least one processor is used to execute the program or instructions so that the device implements the method described in any possible implementation method of any one of the first to fourth aspects.
- the present application provides a communication device comprising at least one logic circuit and an input/output interface; the logic circuit is used to execute the method described in any possible implementation of any one of the first to fourth aspects.
- the present application provides a communication system, which includes the above-mentioned first communication device and second communication device.
- a twelfth aspect of the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, which is used to store one or more computer-executable instructions.
- the processor executes the method described in any possible implementation of any aspect of the first to fourth aspects above.
- the thirteenth aspect of the present application provides a computer program product (or computer program).
- the processor executes the method described in any possible implementation of any one of the first to fourth aspects above.
- a fourteenth aspect of the present application provides a chip or chip system, which includes at least one processor for supporting a communication device to implement the method described in any possible implementation of any one of the first to fourth aspects above.
- the chip or chip system may further include a memory for storing program instructions and data necessary for the communication device.
- the chip system may be composed of a chip or may include a chip and other discrete components.
- the chip system also includes an interface circuit that provides program instructions and/or data to the at least one processor.
- the technical effects brought about by any design method in the fifth to fourteenth aspects can refer to the technical effects brought about by the different design methods in the above-mentioned first to fourth aspects, and will not be repeated here.
- FIGS. 1a to 1c are schematic diagrams of a communication system provided by this application.
- FIGS. 2a to 2e are schematic diagrams of the AI processing process involved in this application.
- FIG3 is an interactive schematic diagram of the communication method provided by this application.
- Figures 4a and 4b are schematic diagrams of the relationship between the model and tasks provided in this application.
- FIG5 is an interactive diagram of the communication method provided by this application.
- FIGS. 6a and 6b are schematic diagrams of the relationship between different models provided in this application.
- Terminal device It can be a wireless terminal device that can receive network device scheduling and instruction information.
- the wireless terminal device can be a device that provides voice and/or data connectivity to the user, or a handheld device with wireless connection function, or other processing device connected to a wireless modem.
- Terminal devices can communicate with one or more core networks or the Internet via a radio access network (RAN).
- Terminal devices can be mobile terminal devices, such as mobile phones (also known as "cellular" phones, mobile phones), computers, and data cards.
- mobile phones also known as "cellular" phones, mobile phones
- computers and data cards.
- they can be portable, pocket-sized, handheld, computer-built-in, or vehicle-mounted mobile devices that exchange voice and/or data with the radio access network.
- PCS personal communication service
- SIP Session Initiation Protocol
- WLL wireless local loop
- PDAs personal digital assistants
- tablet computers computers with wireless transceiver capabilities, and other devices.
- Wireless terminal equipment can also be called system, subscriber unit, subscriber station, mobile station, mobile station (MS), remote station, access point (AP), remote terminal equipment (remote terminal), access terminal equipment (access terminal), user terminal equipment (user terminal), user agent (user agent), subscriber station (SS), customer premises equipment (CPE), terminal, user equipment (UE), mobile terminal (MT), etc.
- the terminal device may also be a wearable device.
- Wearable devices may also be referred to as wearable smart devices or smart wearable devices, etc., which are a general term for wearable devices that are intelligently designed and developed using wearable technology for daily wear, such as glasses, gloves, watches, clothing, and shoes.
- a wearable device is a portable device that is worn directly on the body or integrated into the user's clothes or accessories. Wearable devices are not only hardware devices, but also achieve powerful functions through software support, data interaction, and cloud interaction.
- wearable smart devices include those that are fully functional, large in size, and can achieve complete or partial functions without relying on smartphones, such as smart watches or smart glasses, etc., as well as those that only focus on a certain type of application function and need to be used in conjunction with other devices such as smartphones, such as various smart bracelets, smart helmets, and smart jewelry for vital sign monitoring.
- the terminal can also be a drone, a robot, a terminal in device-to-device (D2D) communication, a terminal in vehicle to everything (V2X), a virtual reality (VR) terminal device, an augmented reality (AR) terminal device, a wireless terminal in industrial control, a wireless terminal in self-driving, a wireless terminal in remote medical, a wireless terminal in smart grid, a wireless terminal in transportation safety, a wireless terminal in a smart city, a wireless terminal in a smart home, etc.
- D2D device-to-device
- V2X vehicle to everything
- VR virtual reality
- AR augmented reality
- the terminal device may also obtain AI services provided by the network device.
- the terminal device may also have AI processing capabilities.
- a network device can be a RAN node (or device) that connects a terminal device to a wireless network, which can also be called a base station.
- RAN equipment include: base station, evolved NodeB (eNodeB), gNB (gNodeB) in a 5G communication system, transmit/receive point (TRP), evolved Node B (eNB), radio network controller (RNC), Node B (NB), home base station (e.g., home evolved Node B, or home Node B, HNB), baseband unit (BBU), or wireless fidelity (Wi-Fi) access point AP, etc.
- the network device may include a centralized unit (CU) node, a distributed unit (DU) node, or a RAN device including a CU node and a DU node.
- CU centralized unit
- DU distributed unit
- RAN device including a CU node and a DU node.
- a RAN node can be a macro base station, micro base station, indoor base station, relay node, donor node, or wireless controller in a cloud radio access network (CRAN) scenario.
- a RAN node can also be a server, wearable device, vehicle, or onboard device.
- the access network device in vehicle-to-everything (V2X) technology can be a roadside unit (RSU).
- a RAN node can be a centralized unit (CU), a distributed unit (DU), a CU-control plane (CP), a CU-user plane (UP), or a radio unit (RU).
- the CU and DU can be separate or included in the same network element, such as a baseband unit (BBU).
- BBU baseband unit
- the RU can be included in a radio frequency device or radio unit, such as a remote radio unit (RRU), an active antenna unit (AAU), or a remote radio head (RRH).
- RRU remote radio unit
- AAU active antenna unit
- RRH remote radio head
- CU or CU-CP and CU-UP
- DU or RU may have different names, but those skilled in the art can understand their meanings.
- O-CU open CU
- DU may also be called O-DU
- CU-CP may also be called O-CU-CP
- CU-UP may also be called O-CU-UP
- RU may also be called O-RU.
- this application uses CU, CU-CP, CU-UP, DU and RU as examples for description.
- Any unit among the CU (or CU-CP, CU-UP), DU and RU in this application can be implemented by a software module, a hardware module, or a combination of a software module and a hardware module.
- This protocol layer may include a control plane protocol layer and a user plane protocol layer.
- the control plane protocol layer may include at least one of the following: radio resource control (RRC) layer, packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) layer, radio link control (RLC) layer, media access control (MAC) layer, or physical (PHY) layer.
- the user plane protocol layer may include at least one of the following: service data adaptation protocol (SDAP) layer, PDCP layer, RLC layer, MAC layer, or physical layer.
- SDAP service data adaptation protocol
- the network device may be any other device that provides wireless communication functionality to the terminal device.
- the embodiments of this application do not limit the specific technology and device form used by the network device. For ease of description, the embodiments of this application do not limit this.
- the network equipment may also include core network equipment, such as the mobility management entity (MME), home subscriber server (HSS), serving gateway (S-GW), policy and charging rules function (PCRF), and public data network gateway (PDN gateway, P-GW) in the fourth generation (4G) network; and the access and mobility management function (AMF), user plane function (UPF), or session management function (SMF) in the 5G network.
- MME mobility management entity
- HSS home subscriber server
- S-GW serving gateway
- PDN gateway, P-GW public data network gateway
- the core network equipment may also include other core network equipment in the 5G network and the next generation network of the 5G network.
- the above-mentioned network device may also have a network node with AI capabilities, which can provide AI services for terminals or other network devices.
- a network node with AI capabilities can be an AI node on the network side (access network or core network), a computing power node, a RAN node with AI capabilities, a core network element with AI capabilities, etc.
- the apparatus for implementing the function of the network device may be the network device, or may be a device capable of supporting the network device in implementing the function, such as a chip system, which may be installed in the network device.
- the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application are described by taking the network device as an example.
- Configuration and pre-configuration are used simultaneously.
- Configuration refers to the network device/server sending some parameter configuration information or parameter values to the terminal through messages or signaling, so that the terminal can determine the communication parameters or resources during transmission based on these values or information.
- Pre-configuration is similar to configuration, and can be parameter information or parameter values pre-negotiated between the network device/server and the terminal device, or parameter information or parameter values used by the base station/network device or terminal device as specified in the standard protocol, or parameter information or parameter values pre-stored in the base station/server or terminal device. This application does not limit this.
- “Sending” and “receiving” in the embodiments of the present application indicate the direction of signal transmission.
- sending information to XX can be understood as the destination of the information being XX, which can include direct sending through the air interface, as well as indirect sending through the air interface by other units or modules.
- Receiviving information from YY can be understood as the source of the information being YY, which can include direct receiving from YY through the air interface, as well as indirect receiving from YY through the air interface from other units or modules.
- “Sending” can also be understood as the “output” of the chip interface, and “receiving” can also be understood as the “input” of the chip interface.
- sending and receiving can be performed between devices, for example, between a network device and a terminal device, or can be performed within a device, for example, sending or receiving between components, modules, chips, software modules or hardware modules within the device through a bus, wiring or interface.
- information may be processed between the source and destination of information transmission, such as coding, modulation, etc., but the destination can understand the valid information from the source. Similar expressions in this application can be understood similarly and will not be repeated.
- indication may include direct indication and indirect indication, and may also include explicit indication and implicit indication.
- the information indicated by a certain information is called information to be indicated.
- information to be indicated In the specific implementation process, there are many ways to indicate the information to be indicated, such as but not limited to, directly indicating the information to be indicated, such as the information to be indicated itself or the index of the information to be indicated.
- the information to be indicated may also be indirectly indicated by indicating other information, wherein the other information is associated with the information to be indicated; or only a part of the information to be indicated may be indicated, while the other part of the information to be indicated is known or agreed in advance.
- the indication of specific information may be achieved by means of the arrangement order of each information agreed in advance (such as predefined by the protocol), thereby reducing the indication overhead to a certain extent.
- the present application does not limit the specific method of indication. It is understandable that for the sender of the indication information, the indication information can be used to indicate the information to be indicated, and for the receiver of the indication information, the indication information can be used to determine the information to be indicated.
- the communication system includes at least one network device and/or at least one terminal device.
- Figure 1a is a schematic diagram of a communication system in this application.
- Figure 1a exemplarily illustrates a network device and six terminal devices, namely terminal device 1, terminal device 2, terminal device 3, terminal device 4, terminal device 5, and terminal device 6.
- terminal device 1 is a smart teacup
- terminal device 2 is a smart air conditioner
- terminal device 3 is a smart gas pump
- terminal device 4 is a vehicle
- terminal device 5 is a mobile phone
- terminal device 6 is a printer.
- terminal devices 4 and 6 can also form a communication system.
- Terminal device 5 serves as a network device, i.e., the AI configuration information sending entity;
- terminal devices 4 and 6 serve as terminal devices, i.e., the AI configuration information receiving entities.
- terminal device 5 sends AI configuration information to terminal devices 4 and 6, respectively, and receives data from them.
- terminal devices 4 and 6 receive AI configuration information from terminal device 5 and send data to terminal device 5.
- different devices may also execute AI-related services.
- the base station can perform communication-related services and AI-related services with one or more terminal devices, and different terminal devices can also perform communication-related services and AI-related services.
- an AI network element can be introduced into the communication system provided in this application to implement some or all AI-related operations.
- the AI network element can also be called an AI node, AI device, AI entity, AI module, AI model, or AI unit, etc.
- the AI network element can be a network element built into the communication system.
- the AI network element can be an AI module built into: an access network device, a core network device, a cloud server, or a network management (OAM) to implement AI-related functions.
- the OAM can be a network management for a core network device and/or a network management for an access network device.
- the AI network element can also be an independently set network element in the communication system.
- the terminal or the chip built into the terminal can also include an AI entity to implement AI-related functions.
- AI artificial intelligence
- AI Artificial intelligence
- Machine learning methods can be used to implement AI.
- a machine uses training data to learn (or train) a model. This model represents the mapping from input to output.
- the learned model can be used for inference (or prediction), meaning that the model can be used to predict the output corresponding to a given input. This output can also be called an inference result (or prediction result).
- Machine learning can include supervised learning, unsupervised learning, and reinforcement learning. Among them, unsupervised learning can also be called unsupervised learning.
- Supervised learning uses machine learning algorithms to learn the mapping relationship between sample values and sample labels based on collected sample values and sample labels, and then expresses this learned mapping relationship using an AI model.
- the process of training a machine learning model is the process of learning this mapping relationship.
- sample values are input into the model to obtain the model's predicted values.
- the model parameters are optimized by calculating the error between the model's predicted values and the sample labels (ideal values).
- the learned mapping can be used to predict new sample labels.
- the mapping relationship learned by supervised learning can include linear mappings or nonlinear mappings. Based on the type of label, the learning task can be divided into classification tasks and regression tasks.
- Unsupervised learning uses algorithms to discover inherent patterns in collected sample values.
- One type of unsupervised learning algorithm uses the samples themselves as supervisory signals, meaning the model learns the mapping from one sample to another. This is called self-supervised learning.
- the model parameters are optimized by calculating the error between the model's predictions and the samples themselves.
- Self-supervised learning can be used in signal compression and decompression recovery applications. Common algorithms include autoencoders and generative adversarial networks.
- Reinforcement learning unlike supervised learning, is a type of algorithm that learns problem-solving strategies through interaction with the environment. Unlike supervised and unsupervised learning, reinforcement learning problems lack explicit label data for "correct" actions. Instead, the algorithm must interact with the environment to obtain reward signals from the environment, and then adjust its decision-making actions to maximize the reward signal value. For example, in downlink power control, the reinforcement learning model adjusts the downlink transmit power of each user based on the overall system throughput fed back by the wireless network, hoping to achieve higher system throughput. The goal of reinforcement learning is also to learn the mapping between environmental states and optimal (e.g., optimal) decision-making actions. However, because the labels for "correct actions" cannot be obtained in advance, network optimization cannot be achieved by calculating the error between actions and "correct actions.” Reinforcement learning training is achieved through iterative interaction with the environment.
- NN neural network
- Traditional communication systems require extensive expert knowledge to design communication modules.
- deep learning communication systems based on neural networks can automatically discover implicit patterns in massive data sets and establish mapping relationships between data, achieving performance superior to traditional modeling methods.
- each neuron performs a weighted sum operation on its input values and outputs the result through an activation function.
- FIG. 2a it is a schematic diagram of a neuron structure.
- w i is used as the weight of xi to weight xi .
- the bias for weighted summation of input values according to the weights is, for example, b. There can be many forms of activation functions.
- the output of the neuron is:
- b can be a real number, an integer (eg, 0, a positive integer, or a negative integer), or a complex number, etc.
- the activation functions of different neurons in a neural network can be the same or different.
- neural networks generally include multiple layers, each of which may include one or more neurons. Increasing the depth and/or width of a neural network can improve its expressive power, providing more powerful information extraction and abstract modeling capabilities for complex systems.
- the depth of a neural network can refer to the number of layers it comprises, and the number of neurons in each layer can be referred to as the width of that layer.
- a neural network includes an input layer and an output layer. The input layer processes the input information received by the neural network through neurons, passing the processing results to the output layer, which then obtains the output of the neural network.
- a neural network includes an input layer, a hidden layer, and an output layer. The input layer processes the input information received by the neural network through neurons, passing the processing results to an intermediate hidden layer. The hidden layer performs calculations on the received processing results to obtain a calculation result, which is then passed to the output layer or the next adjacent hidden layer, which ultimately obtains the output of the neural network.
- a neural network can include one hidden layer or multiple hidden layers connected in sequence, without limitation.
- DNN deep neural network
- FNNs feedforward neural networks
- CNNs convolutional neural networks
- RNNs recurrent neural networks
- Figure 2b is a schematic diagram of an FNN network.
- a characteristic of FNN networks is that neurons in adjacent layers are fully connected. This characteristic typically requires a large amount of storage space and results in high computational complexity.
- CNN is a neural network specifically designed to process data with a grid-like structure. For example, time series data (discrete sampling along the time axis) and image data (discrete sampling along two dimensions) can both be considered grid-like data.
- CNNs do not utilize all input information at once for computation. Instead, they use a fixed-size window to intercept a portion of the information for convolution operations, significantly reducing the computational complexity of model parameters.
- each window can use a different convolution kernel, enabling CNNs to better extract features from the input data.
- RNNs are a type of DNN that utilizes feedback time series information. Their input consists of a new input value at the current moment and their own output value at the previous moment. RNNs are suitable for capturing temporally correlated sequence features and are particularly well-suited for applications such as speech recognition and channel coding.
- a loss function can be defined. This function describes the gap or discrepancy between the model's output and the ideal target value. Loss functions can be expressed in various forms, and there are no restrictions on their specific form. The model training process can be viewed as adjusting some or all of the model's parameters to keep the loss function below a threshold or meet the target.
- a model may also be referred to as an AI model, rule, or other name.
- An AI model can be considered a specific method for implementing an AI function.
- An AI model represents a mapping relationship or function between the input and output of a model.
- AI functions may include one or more of the following: data collection, model training (or model learning), model information release, model inference (or model reasoning, inference, or prediction, etc.), model monitoring or model verification, or inference result release, etc.
- AI functions may also be referred to as AI (related) operations, or AI-related functions.
- MLP multilayer perceptron
- an MLP consists of an input layer (left), an output layer (right), and multiple hidden layers (center).
- Each layer of the MLP contains several nodes, called neurons. Neurons in adjacent layers are connected to each other.
- w is the weight matrix
- b is the bias vector
- f is the activation function
- n is the index of the neural network layer
- a neural network can be understood as a mapping from an input data set to an output data set.
- Neural networks are typically initialized randomly, and the process of obtaining this mapping from random w and b using existing data is called neural network training.
- the specific training method is to use a loss function to evaluate the output results of the neural network.
- the error can be backpropagated, and the neural network parameters (including w and b) can be iteratively optimized using gradient descent until the loss function reaches a minimum, which is the "better point (e.g., optimal point)" in Figure 2d. It is understood that the neural network parameters corresponding to the "better point (e.g., optimal point)" in Figure 2d can be used as the neural network parameters in the trained AI model information.
- the gradient descent process can be expressed as:
- ⁇ is the parameter to be optimized (including w and b)
- L is the loss function
- ⁇ is the learning rate, which controls the step size of gradient descent.
- the backpropagation process utilizes the chain rule for partial derivatives.
- the gradient of the previous layer parameters can be recursively calculated from the gradient of the next layer parameters, which can be expressed as:
- wij is the weight of node j connecting to node i
- si is the weighted sum of the inputs on node i.
- communication nodes may have excess computing power beyond just supporting the aforementioned communication tasks. Therefore, how to utilize this computing power is a pressing technical issue.
- FIG3 is a schematic diagram of an implementation of the communication method provided in this application.
- the method includes the following steps.
- the first communication device can be a communication device (such as a terminal device or a network device), or a chip, a baseband chip, a modem chip, a system on chip (SoC) chip containing a modem core, a system in package (SIP) chip, a communication module, a chip system, a processor, a logic module or software, etc. in the communication device.
- the second communication device can be a communication device (such as a terminal device or a network device), or a chip, a chip system, a processor, a logic module or software, etc. in the communication device.
- a second communication device sends first information, and the first communication device receives the first information.
- the first information indicates M tasks, where M is a positive integer.
- the input of each of the M tasks is determined based on the output of the first model.
- the first communication device sends second information, and correspondingly, the second communication device receives the second information, wherein the second information is used to indicate the performance of one or more tasks in the M tasks.
- model may be used interchangeably with other terms, such as neural network model, neural network, artificial intelligence (AI) model, machine learning model, etc.
- AI artificial intelligence
- the first information received by the first communication device in step S301 may be used to instruct one or more of the following operations to be performed on the performance of the M tasks: measurement, testing, monitoring, evaluation, measurement, feedback, or reporting.
- the input of any of the M tasks is determined based on the output of the first model. This means that the input of any task at least includes the result of passing the output of the first model through zero, one, or more tasks.
- the input of any of the M tasks can be derived based on the output of the first model. Therefore, the M tasks can be referred to as downstream tasks of the first model.
- the output of the first model can be used to determine the input of one or more downstream tasks.
- the input of any task among Task 1, Task 2, Task 3 and Task 4 may include the output of the first model, that is, the input of any task among these four tasks may include the result obtained by the output of the first model after 0 tasks.
- the input of task 5 may include the output of task 1 , that is, the input of task 5 may include the result obtained by the output of the first model through a task in a task set (ie, task 1 ).
- the input of task 6 or task 7 may include the output of task 2, that is, the input of task 6 or task 7 may include the result obtained by the output of the first model through a task in a task set (that is, task 2).
- the input of task 8 may include the output of task 5, that is, the input of task 8 may include the result obtained by the output of the first model through the tasks in the two task sets (ie, task 1 and task 5).
- M can be a positive integer.
- the relationship between the M tasks and the first model can refer to the example shown in Figure 4a. That is, among the M tasks, the input of any task at least includes the output of the first model obtained by passing it through zero, one, or more tasks.
- the first model may be a wireless pre-trained model, a pre-trained model, or a wireless large model, etc.
- the input of the first model can be implemented in a variety of ways, such as environmental parameters collected by the first communication device, communication signals received by the first communication device from other communication devices (such as the second communication device), and one or more of the information pre-configured locally by the first communication device.
- any of the M tasks may be implemented in a variety of ways, including signal processing, model processing, processing in other applications (APP), or other ways.
- APP applications
- the output of the first model can be multipath component information (MPC), and any of the M tasks can be model processing for channel state information CSI acquisition, resource management or user scheduling applications, model processing for path loss prediction, network optimization applications, model processing for beam prediction, or beam management applications.
- MPC multipath component information
- the output of the first model can be a channel frequency response (CFR), and any of the M tasks can be model processing for CSI acquisition, resource management or user scheduling applications, model processing for interference prediction, interference management applications, model processing for modulation and coding scheme (MCS) prediction, or adaptive modulation and coding applications.
- CFR channel frequency response
- MCS modulation and coding scheme
- the performance of the task may include one or more of the accuracy, precision, and processing speed of the task (or the output of the task).
- the second information may indicate the performance of one or more tasks in various ways.
- the first communication device executes the one or more tasks locally and obtains the output of the one or more tasks, it can determine the performance of the one or more tasks based on the output of the one or more tasks, and the second information sent by the first communication device can include information for indicating or characterizing the performance of the one or more tasks.
- the second information sent by the first communication device can include the output of the one or more tasks; subsequently, the recipient of the second information can determine the performance of the one or more tasks based on the output of the one or more tasks.
- the M tasks indicated by the first information sent by the second communication device in step S301 are included in N tasks, where N is an integer greater than or equal to M; the N tasks correspond to P task sets, each task set in the P task sets includes one or more tasks in the N tasks, and different task sets in the P task sets contain different tasks; wherein, the input of any task in the i+1th task set in the P task sets includes the output of one or more tasks in the i-th task set in the P task sets, P is a positive integer, and i is 1 to P-1.
- the input of any task is determined based on the output of the first model.
- the input of any task includes at least the result obtained by passing the output of the first model through zero, one, or more tasks, that is, the N tasks may include a set of one or more downstream tasks of the first model. This enables the first information to provide an indication of performance measurement and/or feedback for the downstream tasks of the first model in a scenario where the first model has a set of one or more downstream tasks.
- the input of one or more tasks included in the first task set includes at least the output of the first model
- the input of one or more tasks included in the second task set includes at least the result obtained by processing the output of the first model through one or more tasks in the first task set
- the input of one or more tasks included in the P-th task set includes at least the result obtained by processing the output of the first model through one or more tasks in the P-1-th task set.
- the P task sets can also be expressed as P-level task sets.
- the input of one or more tasks included in the first-level task set includes at least the output of the first model
- the input of one or more tasks included in the second-level task set includes at least the result obtained by processing the output of the first model through one or more tasks in the first-level task set
- the input of one or more tasks included in the P-th task set includes at least the result obtained by processing the output of the first model through one or more tasks in the P-1-th task set.
- the input of task 9 or task 10 may include the output of task 8, that is, the input of task 9 or task 10 may include the output of the first model obtained through one or more of the outputs contained in each of the first three task sets (that is, task 1, task 5, and task 8).
- the input of task 11 may include the output of tasks 9 and 10, that is, the input of task 11 may include the output of the first model after 5 tasks (i.e., task 1, task 5, task 8, task 9 and task 10).
- the input of any task includes the output of the first model (i.e., the output of the first model after passing it through task 0).
- the input of any task among Task 1, Task 2, Task 3, and Task 4 includes the output of the first model.
- the input of any task includes the result obtained by processing the output of the first model through one or more tasks in the previous task set (i.e., the output of one or more tasks in the first task set).
- the input of task 5 includes the result obtained by processing the output of the first model through task 1, i.e., the input of task 5 may include the result obtained by processing the output of the first model through a task in the task set (i.e., task 1); the input of task 6 or task 7 may include the output of task 2, i.e., the input of task 6 or task 7 may include the result obtained by processing the output of the first model through a task (i.e., task 2).
- the input of any task includes the result obtained by processing the output of the first model through one or more tasks in the first two task sets (i.e., the output of one or more tasks in the second task set).
- the input of Task 8 includes the result obtained by processing the output of the first model through Task 1 and Task 5. That is, the input of Task 8 can include the result obtained by processing the output of the first model through tasks in two task sets (i.e., Task 1 and Task 5).
- the input of any task includes the result obtained by passing the output of the first model through the first three tasks (i.e., the output of one or more tasks in the third task set).
- the input of task 9 or task 10 includes the result obtained by passing the output of the first model through tasks 1, 5, and 8. That is, the input of task 9 or task 10 can include the result obtained by passing the output of the first model through the tasks in the three task sets (i.e., task 1, task 5, and task 8).
- the input of any task includes the result obtained by passing the output of the first model through the first four tasks (i.e., the output of one or more tasks in the fourth task set).
- the input of task 11 includes the result obtained by passing the output of the first model through tasks 1, 5, 8, 9, and 10. That is, the input of task 11 may include the result obtained by passing the output of the first model through the tasks in the four task sets (i.e., task 1, 5, 8, 9, and 10).
- the input of any task in the i+1th task set among the P task sets includes the output of one or more tasks in the i-th task set among the P task sets; it can be understood that the input of any task in the j-th task set among the P task sets includes the result obtained after the output of the first model has undergone j-1 processing processes, and the j-1 processing processes respectively include the processing of one or more tasks in each task set in the j-1 task sets before the j-th task set, and the value of j is 1 to P.
- the process of the first communication device sending the second information in step S302 includes: when the performance of one or more tasks among the M tasks is lower than or equal to a threshold, the first communication device sending the second information. Specifically, after receiving the first information indicating the M tasks, the first communication device may obtain the performance corresponding to the M tasks, and when the performance of one or more tasks among the M tasks is lower than or equal to the threshold, the first communication device may send the second information indicating the performance of the one or more tasks, so that a recipient of the second information can identify the task with degraded performance through the second information.
- the second information sent by the first communication device in step S302 is also used to identify one or more tasks in the M tasks.
- the second information can be used to indicate the performance of one or more tasks in the M tasks, and accordingly, the second information can also be used to indicate the one or more tasks.
- the recipient of the second information can determine one or more tasks in the M tasks based on the second information, and clearly understand that the performance indicated by the second information is the performance of one or more tasks in the M tasks.
- the second information may indicate one or more tasks in the M tasks in a manner similar to the manner in which the first information indicates one or more tasks in the M tasks.
- the second information may include M identifiers, T indexes, and the like.
- the first communication device can send the second information in step S302, and indicate the performance of one or more tasks in the M tasks through the second information.
- the first communication device can deploy the first model and measure and/or feedback the task performance achieved by the output of the first model based on the indication of the first information.
- the computing power of the communication node can process the model and the downstream tasks (and/or downstream models) of the model while also being able to achieve performance measurement and/or performance feedback, and achieve performance feedback.
- the input of any task is determined based on the output of the first model, that is, the output of the first model can be used to execute one or more tasks.
- the first communication device can measure and/or provide feedback on the performance of the M tasks corresponding to the first model based on the indication of the first information. This can improve the flexibility of the solution implementation while also enabling the first model to provide an indication of performance measurement and/or feedback of the downstream task in scenarios where the first model has downstream tasks.
- the first information for indicating the M tasks sent by the second communication device in step S301 can be implemented in a variety of ways, which will be described below with reference to some implementation examples.
- the first information includes M identifiers, which are respectively used to indicate the M tasks; any identifier among the M identifiers includes K indexes, wherein the kth index among the K indexes is used to indicate one or more tasks in the kth task set among the first K task sets in P task sets, and the value of k is 1 to K, and K is a positive integer less than or equal to P.
- the M identifiers are used to indicate M tasks respectively. It can be understood that the M identifiers correspond one-to-one to the M tasks, and/or the mth identifier among the M identifiers is used to indicate the mth task among the M tasks, and m takes a value of 1 to M.
- the first information received by the first communication device may include M identifiers respectively used to indicate the M tasks.
- the task indicated by any one of the identifiers may be represented as a task in the Kth (K is an integer less than or equal to P) task set among the P task sets.
- any one of the M identifiers may include K indexes, so as to indicate one or more tasks contained in each task set in the K task sets through the K indexes.
- any identifier also includes the identifier of the first model.
- the first communication device can deploy one or more first models, and accordingly, each first model may have downstream tasks.
- any identifier can also include the identifier of the first model.
- the first information can indicate the downstream tasks corresponding to one or more first models.
- the implementation of the above-mentioned first information can be achieved by the method shown in the following Table 2.
- the identifiers corresponding to tasks 1 through 7 are "100,” “101,” “110,” “111,” “1000,” “1010,” and “1011,” respectively.
- the first bit of each identifier indicates the "first model.” For example, if the first bit of an identifier is 0, the identifier can be understood as indicating the first model; if the first bit of an identifier is 1, the identifier can be understood as indicating the downstream task of the first model.
- the first communication device can determine that the first information indicates the first model, and the second information sent by the first communication device in step S302 can include the performance of the first model.
- the second information can include multipath error, that is, the performance of task 1 is characterized by the value of the multipath error.
- NMSE normalized mean square error
- PMI prediction PMI squared generalized cosine similarity
- RSRP beam reference signal received power
- the first information includes T indexes
- the tasks indicated by the T indexes are the M tasks
- the T indexes respectively indicate T task sets in the P task sets
- T is a positive integer less than or equal to P
- the tth index in the T indexes is used to indicate 0 or one or more tasks contained in the tth task set in the T task sets, and t is a positive integer less than T.
- the N tasks downstream of the first model may be included in P task sets, and correspondingly, M tasks out of the N tasks may be included in T task sets out of the P task sets.
- the first information for indicating the M tasks may include T indexes, where the T indexes are respectively used to indicate 0 or one or more tasks of each task set in the T task sets. In this way, the first information can indicate the M tasks through the tasks included in each task set in the T task sets.
- the first information also includes an identifier of the first model.
- the first information may also include an identifier of the first model.
- the first communication device may deploy one or more first models, and accordingly, each first model may have downstream tasks.
- the first information for indicating M tasks the first information may also include an identifier of the first model. In this way, the first information can indicate downstream tasks corresponding to one or more first models.
- the T indexes satisfy at least one of the following: in the t-th index among the T indexes, the value of the first bit is used to indicate whether the first information includes the t+x-th index, and the value of x is 1 to T-t; or, in the t-th index among the T indexes, when the value of the t-th index is a preset value, the t-th index is used to indicate the tasks (or all tasks) included in the t-th task set.
- the first communication device can determine whether it is necessary to parse the t+x-th index based on the value of the first bit in the t-th index, which can reduce implementation complexity and avoid unnecessary overhead.
- the t-th index in the T indexes is a preset value
- the t-th index is used to indicate the tasks included in the p-th task set. In this way, one or more tasks corresponding to an identifier can be indicated by a special value of the identifier, thereby reducing overhead.
- the value of the t-th index is a preset value, which can be understood as, among the multiple bits contained in the t-th index, the values of the other bits except the first bit are preset values (for example, all 0s or all 1s, etc.); or, among the multiple bits contained in the t-th index, the values of the multiple bits are preset values.
- T indexes by taking the scenario shown in FIG4b as an example, where the M tasks indicated by the first information are 4 tasks (task 1, task 2, task 5, and task 9).
- the first information may include T indexes, which are as follows:
- the first index corresponds to the first task set in FIG4 b , and the value of the first index is used to indicate task 1 and task 2 .
- the second index corresponds to the second task set in FIG4 b , and the value of the second index is used to indicate task 5 .
- the third index corresponds to the third task set in FIG4 b , and the value of the third index is used to indicate that the M tasks do not include any task in the third task set.
- the fourth index corresponds to the fourth task set in FIG4 b , and the value of the fourth index is used to indicate task 9 .
- the first index needs to indicate one or more tasks from Task 1 to Task 4.
- the first index may include four bits, indicating Task 1 to Task 4 via a bitmap. For example, when the value of the i-th bit in the four bits is 1, it may indicate that the M tasks include the i-th task corresponding to the i-th bit; conversely, when the value of the i-th bit in the four bits is 0, it may indicate that the M tasks do not include the i-th task corresponding to the i-th bit.
- the value of the four bits in the first index may be "1100.”
- the value of the first bit can also be used to indicate whether the first information includes the 1+xth index (x is 1 to 3).
- the first index can include 5 bits, with a value of "11100".
- the value of the first bit is "1" to indicate that the first information includes at least one index among the second index, the third index, and the fourth index.
- the values of the last four bits are "1100", and their meanings are as described above.
- the first index needs to indicate one or more tasks from task 1 to task 4. There are 15 situations in total. Accordingly, at least four bits can be used to indicate the 15 situations, respectively, as follows:
- Case 1 Indicates that M tasks include task 1, for example, the value of the four bits is 0001;
- Case 2 Indicates that M tasks include task 2, for example, the values of the four bits are 0010;
- Case 3 Indicates that M tasks include task 3, for example, the values of the four bits are 0011;
- Case 4 indicating that the M tasks include task 4, for example, the values of the four bits are 0100;
- Case 5 Indicates that the M tasks include Task 1 and Task 2. For example, the values of the four bits are 0101.
- Case 7 indicating that the M tasks include task 1 and task 4, for example, the values of the four bits are 0111;
- Case 8 Indicates that the M tasks include Task 2 and Task 3. For example, the value of the four bits is 1000.
- Case 10 indicating that the M tasks include task 3 and task 4, for example, the value of the four bits is 1010;
- Case 12 indicating that the M tasks include task 1, task 3, and task 4, for example, the value of the four bits is 1100;
- Case 13 indicating that the M tasks include task 1, task 2, and task 4, for example, the values of the four bits are 1101;
- Case 14 indicating that the M tasks include task 2, task 3, and task 4, for example, the values of the four bits are 1110;
- Case 15 Indicates that the M tasks include task 1, task 2, task 3, and task 4. For example, the values of the four bits are 1111.
- the value of the 4 bits in the first index may be "0101".
- the value of the first bit can also be used to indicate whether the first information includes the 1+xth index (x is 1 to 3).
- the first index can include 5 bits, with a value of "10101".
- the value of the first bit is "1" to indicate that the first information includes at least one index among the second index, the third index, and the fourth index.
- the values of the last four bits are "0101", and their meanings are as described above.
- the first index indicates four situations: one of tasks 1 to 4, a situation where none of tasks 1 to 4 are selected, and a situation where all of tasks 1 to 4 are selected. There are a total of six situations. Accordingly, at least three bits can be used to indicate the six situations, respectively, as follows:
- Case 1 Indicates that M tasks include task 1, for example, the value of the four bits is 001;
- Case 2 Indicates that M tasks include task 2, for example, the values of the four bits are 010;
- Case 3 indicating that the M tasks include task 3, for example, the values of the four bits are 011;
- Case 4 indicating that the M tasks include task 4, for example, the value of the four bits is 100;
- Case 5 Indicates that tasks 1 to 4 are all not selected, for example, the value of the four bits is 101;
- Case 6 Indicates that all tasks 1 to 4 are selected. For example, the value of the four bits is 111.
- 101 and 110 are reserved values and can be used to indicate other information.
- the first index indicates one of the tasks 1 to 4. Accordingly, at least two bits may be used to indicate the four situations, respectively, as follows:
- Case 1 Indicates that M tasks include task 1, for example, the value of the four bits is 00;
- Case 2 Indicates that the M tasks include task 2, for example, the values of the four bits are 01;
- Case 3 Indicates that M tasks include task 3, for example, the value of the four bits is 10;
- Case 4 Indicates that the M tasks include task 4, for example, the value of the four bits is 11.
- a certain bit in the first index (e.g., the first bit) can be used to indicate whether the first information includes the second index. For example, when the value of the first bit in the first index is 0, the first communication device can determine that the first information does not include the second index and other identifiers after the second index; when the value of the first bit in the first index is 1, the first communication device can determine that the first information includes the second index and at least one of the other indexes after the second index.
- the first information may include T indexes, which are as follows:
- the first index corresponds to the first task set in FIG4 b , and the value of the first index is used to indicate task 1 and task 2 .
- the second index corresponds to the second task set in FIG4 b , and the value of the second index is used to indicate task 5 .
- the third index corresponds to the fourth task set in FIG4 b , and the value of the fourth index is used to indicate task 9 .
- the first information includes M identifiers, and the M identifiers are respectively used to indicate the M tasks; among the M identifiers, lengths of different identifiers are the same.
- the first information can indicate M tasks respectively through M identifiers of equal length, that is, different tasks can be indicated by sequences of equal length. In this way, the implementation complexity can be reduced.
- Q is greater than or equal to 4, that is, at least 4 bits are used to indicate ten different values.
- the first information can be used to indicate whether the M tasks include tasks 1 to 5, and whether the M tasks include tasks 6 to 10.
- FIG5 is another schematic diagram of an implementation of the communication method provided in this application.
- the method includes the following steps.
- the second communication device sends third information, and the first communication device receives the third information accordingly.
- the third information indicates M models, where M is a positive integer. Any of the M models is obtained based on the second model.
- the third information received by the first communication device in step S501 may be used to instruct one or more of the following operations to be performed on the performance of the M models: measurement, testing, monitoring, evaluation, measurement, feedback, reporting, uploading, or submission.
- the first communication device sends fourth information, and correspondingly, the second communication device receives the fourth information, wherein the fourth information is used to indicate the performance of one or more models in the M models.
- any one of the M models is determined based on the second model, which can be understood as any one of the M models being obtained based on the second model through one or more model processings.
- Any of the one or more model processings can be model fine-tuning, model distillation, model pruning, model compression, model fusion, or other model processing.
- the performance of the model may include one or more of the accuracy, precision, and processing speed of the model (or the output of the model).
- fourth information may indicate the performance of one or more models in various ways.
- the first communication device may determine the performance of the one or more models based on the output of the one or more models after locally executing the one or more models and obtaining the output of the one or more models, and the fourth information sent by the first communication device may include information for indicating or characterizing the performance of the one or more models.
- the fourth information sent by the first communication device can include the output of the one or more models; subsequently, the recipient of the second information can determine the performance of the one or more models based on the output of the one or more models.
- the input of the second model can be implemented in a variety of ways, such as environmental parameters collected by the first communication device, communication signals received by the first communication device from other communication devices (such as the second communication device), and one or more of the information pre-configured locally by the first communication device.
- any one of Model 1 , Model 2 , Model 3 and Model 4 can be obtained based on the second model, that is, any one of these four models can be obtained by processing the second model once.
- model 5 may be obtained based on model 1 , that is, model 5 may be obtained by performing two model processes using the second model.
- model 6 or model 7 may be obtained based on model 2 , that is, model 6 or model 7 may be obtained by performing two model processes on the second model.
- model 8 may be obtained based on model 5 , that is, model 8 may be obtained by processing the second model three times.
- M can be a positive integer.
- the relationship between the M models and the first model can refer to the example shown in FIG6a. That is, among the M models, any model can be obtained by processing the second model through one or more models.
- the first model may be a wireless pre-trained model, a pre-trained model, or a wireless large model, etc.
- the M models indicated by the third information sent by the second communication device in step S501 are included in N models, where N is an integer greater than or equal to M; the N models correspond to P model sets, each model set in the P model sets includes one or more models in the N models, and different model sets in the P model sets contain different models; wherein, any model in the i+1th model set in the P model sets is determined based on one or more models in the i-th model set in the P model sets, P is a positive integer, and i is 1 to P-1.
- any one of the one or more models included in the first model set is obtained by model processing based on the second model
- any one of the one or more models included in the second model set is obtained by model processing based on one or more models in the first model set...
- any one of the one or more models included in the P-th model set is obtained by model processing based on one or more models in the P-1-th model set.
- the P model sets can also be expressed as P-level model sets.
- any one of the one or more models included in the first-level model set is obtained by model processing based on the second model
- any one of the one or more models included in the second-level model set is obtained by model processing based on one or more models in the first-level model set...
- any one of the one or more models included in the P-th model set is obtained by model processing based on one or more models in the P-1-th model set.
- any one model is determined based on the second model.
- the any one model may be obtained by processing the second model zero times, one time, or multiple times, i.e., the N models may include a set of one or more downstream models of the second model. This enables the first information to provide an indication of performance measurement and/or feedback of downstream models of the second model in a scenario where the second model has a set of one or more downstream models.
- any model in the i+1th model set among the P model sets is determined based on one or more models in the i-th model set among the P model sets; it can be understood that any model in the p-th model set among the P model sets is obtained based on the second model after p-1 processing processes, and the p-1 processing processes include model processing corresponding to one or more models in each model set in the p-1 model sets before the p-th model set, and the value of p is 1 to P.
- Models 1 to 8 may refer to FIG6 a and related descriptions above.
- model 9 or model 10 may be obtained based on model 8 , that is, model 9 or model 10 may be obtained by processing model 8 .
- model 11 may be obtained based on model 9 and model 10 , that is, model 11 may be obtained by model processing of model 9 and model 10 .
- any model can be obtained based on the second model.
- any model among Model 1, Model 2, Model 3 and Model 4 is obtained by a certain model processing of the second model.
- any model can be obtained by processing the second model with the model corresponding to one or more models in the previous model set (i.e., by processing the model with one or more models in the first model set).
- Model 5 is obtained by processing the second model with the model corresponding to Model 1; and Model 6 or Model 7 is obtained by processing the second model with the model corresponding to Model 2.
- any model can be obtained by processing the second model with the corresponding models of one or more models in the first two model sets (i.e., by processing the models of one or more models in the second model set).
- model 8 is obtained by processing the second model with the corresponding models of models 1 and 5.
- any model can be obtained by processing the second model with the models corresponding to one or more models in the first three model sets (i.e., by processing the models based on one or more models in the third model set).
- Model 9 or Model 10 is obtained by processing the second model with the models corresponding to Model 1, Model 5, and Model 8.
- any model can be obtained by processing the second model with the models corresponding to one or more models in the first four model sets (i.e., by processing the models based on one or more models in the fourth model set).
- model 11 is obtained by processing the second model with the models corresponding to models 1, 5, 8, 9, and 10.
- the process of the first communication device sending the fourth information in step S502 includes: when the performance of one or more models among the M models is lower than or equal to a threshold, the first communication device sending the fourth information. Specifically, after receiving the third information indicating the M models, the first communication device may obtain the performance corresponding to the M models, and when the performance of one or more models among the M models is lower than or equal to the threshold, the first communication device may send fourth information indicating the performance of the one or more models, so that the recipient of the fourth information can determine the model with degraded performance through the fourth information.
- the fourth information sent by the first communication device in step S502 may also be used to indicate one or more models among the M models.
- the fourth information may be used to indicate the performance of one or more models among the M models, and accordingly, the fourth information may also be used to indicate the one or more models.
- the recipient of the fourth information can determine one or more models among the M models based on the fourth information, and clearly specify that the performance indicated by the fourth information is the performance of one or more models among the M models.
- the manner in which the fourth information indicates one or more models among the M models may refer to the manner in which the third information indicates one or more models among the M models.
- the fourth information may include M identifiers, T indexes, and the like.
- the first communication device can send fourth information in step S502, and indicate the performance of one or more models in the M models through the fourth information.
- the first communication device can deploy the second model and M models obtained based on the second model, and measure and/or feedback the performance of the M models based on the indication of the first information.
- the computing power of the communication node can process the model and the downstream tasks (and/or downstream models) of the model while also achieving performance measurement and/or performance feedback.
- any one of the models is determined based on the second model, that is, the second model can be processed once or multiple times to generate any one of the M models.
- the first communication device can measure and/or provide feedback on the performance of the M models corresponding to the second model based on the indication of the first information, which can improve the flexibility of the solution implementation and also enable the performance measurement and/or feedback of the downstream model to be indicated in the scenario where the second model has a downstream model.
- the third information for indicating the M models sent by the second communication device in step S501 can be implemented in a variety of ways, which will be described below with reference to some implementation examples.
- the third information includes M identifiers, which are respectively used to indicate the M models; any identifier among the M identifiers includes K indexes; wherein, the kth index among the K indexes is used to indicate the model processing corresponding to one or more models in the kth model set among the first K model sets in the P model sets, and the value of k is 1 to K, and K is a positive integer less than or equal to P.
- the M identifiers are used to indicate M models respectively. It can be understood that the M identifiers correspond one-to-one to the M models, and/or the mth identifier among the M identifiers is used to indicate the mth model among the M models, and m takes a value of 1 to M.
- the third information received by the first communication device may include M identifiers, each used to indicate the M models.
- the model indicated by any one of the identifiers may be represented as a model in the Kth (K is an integer less than or equal to P) model set among the P model sets.
- any one of the M identifiers may include K indexes, so as to indicate the model processing corresponding to the model through the K indexes.
- any identifier also includes an identifier of the processing of the second model.
- the first communication device can deploy one or more second models, and accordingly, each second model may have a downstream model.
- each second model may have a downstream model.
- any identifier can also include an identifier of the second model.
- the third information can indicate the downstream models corresponding to one or more second models.
- the third information includes T indexes, the models indicated by the T indexes are the M models, the T indexes are respectively used to indicate the T model sets in the P model sets, and T is a positive integer less than or equal to P; the t-th index in the T indexes is used to indicate 0 or one or more models contained in the t-th model set in the T model sets, and t is a positive integer less than T.
- the N models downstream of the second model may be included in P model sets, and correspondingly, M models among the N models may be included in T model sets among the P model sets.
- the third information used to indicate the M models may include T indexes, where the T indexes are respectively used to indicate 0 or one or more models of each model set in the T model sets. In this way, the third information can indicate the M models through the models included in each model set in the T model sets.
- the third information also includes an identifier of the processing of the second model.
- the third information may also include an identifier of the second model.
- the first communication device may deploy one or more second models, and accordingly, each second model may have a downstream model.
- the third information for indicating M models the third information may also include an identifier of the second model. In this way, the third information can indicate the downstream models corresponding to one or more second models.
- the T indexes satisfy at least one of the following: in the tth index among the T indexes, the value of the first bit is used to indicate whether the third information includes the t+xth index, and the value of x is 1 to T-t; or, in the tth index among the T indexes, when the value of the tth index is a preset value, the tth index is used to indicate the model (or all models) included in the tth model set.
- the value of the t-th index is a preset value, which can be understood as: among the multiple bits included in the t-th index, the values of the other bits except the first bit are preset values (for example, all 0s or all 1s); or, among the multiple bits included in the t-th index, the values of the multiple bits are preset values.
- the first communication device can determine whether it is necessary to parse the t+x-th index based on the value of the first bit in the t-th index, which can reduce implementation complexity and avoid unnecessary overhead.
- the t-th index when the value of the t-th index is a preset value, the t-th index is used to indicate the models included in the t-th model set. In this way, one or more models corresponding to an identifier can be indicated by a special value of the identifier, thereby reducing overhead.
- the third information includes M identifiers, where the M identifiers are respectively used to indicate the M models; among the M identifiers, the lengths of different identifiers are the same.
- the third information can indicate M models respectively through M equal-length identifiers, that is, different models can be indicated by sequences of equal length. In this way, the implementation complexity can be reduced.
- an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device 700.
- This communication device 700 can implement the functions of the second communication device or the first communication device in the above-mentioned method embodiment, thereby also achieving the beneficial effects of the above-mentioned method embodiment.
- the communication device 700 can be the first communication device (or the second communication device), or it can be an integrated circuit or component, such as a chip, within the first communication device (or the second communication device).
- the transceiver unit 702 may include a sending unit and a receiving unit, which are respectively used to perform sending and receiving.
- the device 700 when the device 700 is used to execute the method executed by the first communication device in Figure 3 and related embodiments, the device 700 includes a processing unit 701 and a transceiver unit 702; the transceiver unit 702 is used to receive first information, and the first information is used to indicate M tasks, where M is a positive integer; wherein the input of any one of the M tasks is determined based on the output of the first model; the processing unit 701 is used to determine second information; and the transceiver unit 702 is also used to send second information, and the second information is used to indicate the performance of one or more tasks among the M tasks.
- the device 700 when the device 700 is used to execute the method executed by the second communication device in Figure 3 and related embodiments, the device 700 includes a processing unit 701 and a transceiver unit 702; the processing unit 701 is used to determine first information; the transceiver unit 702 is used to send first information, and the first information is used to indicate M tasks, where M is a positive integer; wherein the input of any task among the M tasks is determined based on the output of the first model; the transceiver unit 702 is also used to receive second information, and the second information is used to indicate the performance of one or more of the M tasks.
- the device 700 when the device 700 is used to execute the method executed by the first communication device in Figure 5 and related embodiments, the device 700 includes a processing unit 701 and a transceiver unit 702; the transceiver unit 702 is used to receive third information, and the third information is used to indicate M models, where M is a positive integer; wherein any one of the M models is determined based on the second model; the processing unit 701 is used to determine fourth information; and the transceiver unit 702 is also used to send fourth information, and the fourth information is used to indicate the performance of one or more models among the M models.
- the device 700 when the device 700 is used to execute the method executed by the second communication device in Figure 5 and related embodiments, the device 700 includes a processing unit 701 and a transceiver unit 702; the processing unit 701 is used to determine third information, and the transceiver unit 702 is used to send third information, and the third information is used to indicate M models, where M is a positive integer; wherein any model among the M models is determined based on the second model; and the transceiver unit 702 is also used to receive fourth information, and the fourth information is used to indicate the performance of one or more models among the M models.
- the functions of the processing unit 701 may be implemented by one or more processors.
- the processor may include a modem chip, or a system-on-chip (SoC) chip or SIP chip containing a modem core.
- SoC system-on-chip
- the functions of the transceiver unit 702 may be implemented by a transceiver circuit.
- the communication device 700 when the communication device 700 is a circuit or chip responsible for communication functions in a terminal, such as a modem chip or a system-on-chip (SoC) chip or SIP chip containing a modem core, the functions of the processing unit 701 can be implemented by a circuit system including one or more processors or processor cores in the aforementioned chip.
- the functions of the transceiver unit 702 can be implemented by an interface circuit or data transceiver circuit on the aforementioned chip.
- Fig. 8 is another schematic structural diagram of a communication device 800 provided in this application.
- the communication device 800 includes a logic circuit 801 and an input/output interface 802.
- the communication device 800 may be a chip or an integrated circuit.
- the transceiver unit 702 shown in FIG7 may be a communication interface, which may be the input/output interface 802 in FIG8 , which may include an input interface and an output interface.
- the communication interface may be a transceiver circuit, which may include an input interface circuit and an output interface circuit.
- the input-output interface 802 is used to receive first information, and the first information is used to indicate M tasks, where M is a positive integer; wherein the input of any one of the M tasks is determined based on the output of the first model; the logic circuit 801 is used to determine second information; and the input-output interface 802 is also used to send second information, and the second information is used to indicate the performance of one or more tasks among the M tasks.
- the logic circuit 801 is used to determine the first information; the input-output interface 802 is used to send the first information, and the first information is used to indicate M tasks, where M is a positive integer; wherein the input of any one of the M tasks is determined based on the output of the first model; and the input-output interface 802 is also used to receive the second information, and the second information is used to indicate the performance of one or more of the M tasks.
- the input-output interface 802 is used to receive third information, and the third information is used to indicate M models, where M is a positive integer; wherein any one of the M models is determined based on the second model; the logic circuit 801 is used to determine fourth information; and the input-output interface 802 is also used to send fourth information, and the fourth information is used to indicate the performance of one or more models among the M models.
- the logic circuit 801 is used to determine the third information, and the input-output interface 802 is used to send the third information, and the third information is used to indicate M models, where M is a positive integer; wherein any one of the M models is determined based on the second model; and the input-output interface 802 is also used to receive fourth information, and the fourth information is used to indicate the performance of one or more models among the M models.
- the logic circuit 801 and the input/output interface 802 may also execute other steps executed by the first communication device or the second communication device in any embodiment and achieve corresponding beneficial effects, which will not be described in detail here.
- the processing unit 701 shown in FIG. 7 may be the logic circuit 801 in FIG. 8 .
- the logic circuit 801 may be a processing device, and the functions of the processing device may be partially or entirely implemented by software.
- the functions of the processing device may be partially or entirely implemented by software.
- the processing device may include a memory and a processor, wherein the memory is used to store a computer program, and the processor reads and executes the computer program stored in the memory to perform corresponding processing and/or steps in any one of the method embodiments.
- the processing device may include only a processor.
- a memory for storing the computer program is located outside the processing device, and the processor is connected to the memory via circuits/wires to read and execute the computer program stored in the memory.
- the memory and processor may be integrated or physically separate.
- the processing device may be one or more chips, or one or more integrated circuits.
- the processing device may be one or more field-programmable gate arrays (FPGAs), application-specific integrated circuits (ASICs), system-on-chips (SoCs), central processing units (CPUs), network processors (NPs), digital signal processors (DSPs), microcontrollers (MCUs), programmable logic devices (PLDs), or other integrated chips, or any combination of the above chips or processors.
- FPGAs field-programmable gate arrays
- ASICs application-specific integrated circuits
- SoCs system-on-chips
- CPUs central processing units
- NPs network processors
- DSPs digital signal processors
- MCUs microcontrollers
- PLDs programmable logic devices
- FIG 9 shows a communication device 900 involved in the above-mentioned embodiments provided in an embodiment of the present application.
- the communication device 900 can specifically be a communication device serving as a terminal device in the above-mentioned embodiments.
- the example shown in Figure 9 is that the terminal device is implemented through the terminal device (or a component in the terminal device).
- the communication device 900 may include but is not limited to at least one processor 901 and a communication port 902 .
- the transceiver unit 702 shown in FIG7 may be a communication interface, which may be the communication port 902 in FIG9 , which may include an input interface and an output interface.
- the communication port 902 may be a transceiver circuit, which may include an input interface circuit and an output interface circuit.
- the device may also include at least one of a memory 903 and a bus 904.
- the at least one processor 901 is used to control and process the actions of the communication device 900.
- the processor 901 can be a central processing unit, a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processor, an application-specific integrated circuit, a field programmable gate array or other programmable logic device, a transistor logic device, a hardware component, or any combination thereof. It can implement or execute the various exemplary logic blocks, modules, and circuits described in conjunction with the disclosure of this application.
- the processor can also be a combination that implements computing functions, such as a combination of one or more microprocessors, a combination of a digital signal processor and a microprocessor, and so on.
- the communication device 900 shown in Figure 9 can be specifically used to implement the steps implemented by the terminal device in the aforementioned method embodiment and achieve the corresponding technical effects of the terminal device.
- the specific implementation methods of the communication device shown in Figure 9 can refer to the description in the aforementioned method embodiment and will not be repeated here.
- FIG 10 is a structural diagram of the communication device 1000 involved in the above-mentioned embodiments provided in an embodiment of the present application.
- the communication device 1000 can specifically be a communication device as a network device in the above-mentioned embodiments.
- the example shown in Figure 10 is that the network device is implemented through the network device (or a component in the network device), wherein the structure of the communication device can refer to the structure shown in Figure 10.
- the communication device 1000 includes at least one processor 1011 and at least one network interface 1014. Further optionally, the communication device also includes at least one memory 1012, at least one transceiver 1013 and one or more antennas 1015.
- the processor 1011, the memory 1012, the transceiver 1013 and the network interface 1014 are connected, for example, via a bus. In an embodiment of the present application, the connection may include various interfaces, transmission lines or buses, etc., which are not limited in this embodiment.
- the antenna 1015 is connected to the transceiver 1013.
- the network interface 1014 is used to enable the communication device to communicate with other communication devices through a communication link.
- the network interface 1014 may include a network interface between the communication device and the core network device, such as an S1 interface, and the network interface may include a network interface between the communication device and other communication devices (such as other network devices or core network devices), such as an X2 or Xn interface.
- the transceiver unit 702 shown in FIG7 may be a communication interface, which may be the network interface 1014 in FIG10 , which may include an input interface and an output interface.
- the network interface 1014 may be a transceiver circuit, which may include an input interface circuit and an output interface circuit.
- Processor 1011 is primarily used to process communication protocols and communication data, control the entire communication device, execute software programs, and process software program data, for example, to support the communication device in performing the actions described in the embodiments.
- the communication device may include a baseband processor and a central processing unit.
- the baseband processor is primarily used to process communication protocols and communication data, while the central processing unit is primarily used to control the entire terminal device, execute software programs, and process software program data.
- Processor 1011 in Figure 10 may integrate the functions of both a baseband processor and a central processing unit. Those skilled in the art will appreciate that the baseband processor and the central processing unit may also be independent processors interconnected via a bus or other technology.
- a terminal device may include multiple baseband processors to accommodate different network standards, multiple central processing units to enhance its processing capabilities, and various components of the terminal device may be connected via various buses.
- the baseband processor may also be referred to as a baseband processing circuit or a baseband processing chip.
- the central processing unit may also be referred to as a central processing circuit or a central processing chip.
- the functionality for processing communication protocols and communication data may be built into the processor or stored in memory as a software program, which is executed by the processor to implement the baseband processing functionality.
- the memory is primarily used to store software programs and data.
- Memory 1012 can exist independently and be connected to processor 1011. Alternatively, memory 1012 and processor 1011 can be integrated together, for example, within a single chip.
- Memory 1012 can store program code for executing the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application, and execution is controlled by processor 1011. The various computer program codes executed can also be considered drivers for processor 1011.
- Figure 10 shows only one memory and one processor. In an actual terminal device, there may be multiple processors and multiple memories.
- the memory may also be referred to as a storage medium or a storage device.
- the memory may be a storage element on the same chip as the processor, i.e., an on-chip storage element, or an independent storage element, which is not limited in the present embodiment.
- the transceiver 1013 can be used to support the reception or transmission of radio frequency signals between the communication device and the terminal.
- the transceiver 1013 can be connected to the antenna 1015.
- the transceiver 1013 includes a transmitter Tx and a receiver Rx. Specifically, one or more antennas 1015 can receive radio frequency signals.
- the receiver Rx of the transceiver 1013 is used to receive the radio frequency signal from the antenna, convert the radio frequency signal into a digital baseband signal or a digital intermediate frequency signal, and provide the digital baseband signal or digital intermediate frequency signal to the processor 1011 so that the processor 1011 can further process the digital baseband signal or digital intermediate frequency signal, such as demodulation and decoding.
- the transmitter Tx in the transceiver 1013 is also used to receive a modulated digital baseband signal or digital intermediate frequency signal from the processor 1011, convert the modulated digital baseband signal or digital intermediate frequency signal into a radio frequency signal, and transmit the radio frequency signal through one or more antennas 1015.
- the receiver Rx can selectively perform one or more stages of down-mixing and analog-to-digital conversion on the RF signal to obtain a digital baseband signal or a digital intermediate frequency signal.
- the order of the down-mixing and analog-to-digital conversion processes is adjustable.
- the transmitter Tx can selectively perform one or more stages of up-mixing and digital-to-analog conversion on the modulated digital baseband signal or digital intermediate frequency signal to obtain a RF signal.
- the order of the up-mixing and digital-to-analog conversion processes is adjustable.
- the digital baseband signal and the digital intermediate frequency signal may be collectively referred to as digital signals.
- the transceiver 1013 may also be referred to as a transceiver unit, a transceiver, a transceiver device, etc.
- a device in the transceiver unit that implements a receiving function may be referred to as a receiving unit
- a device in the transceiver unit that implements a transmitting function may be referred to as a transmitting unit. That is, the transceiver unit includes a receiving unit and a transmitting unit.
- the receiving unit may also be referred to as a receiver, an input port, a receiving circuit, etc.
- the transmitting unit may be referred to as a transmitter, a transmitter, or a transmitting circuit, etc.
- the communication device 1000 shown in Figure 10 can be specifically used to implement the steps implemented by the network device in the aforementioned method embodiment, and to achieve the corresponding technical effects of the network device.
- the specific implementation methods of the communication device 1000 shown in Figure 10 can refer to the description in the aforementioned method embodiment, and will not be repeated here one by one.
- FIG11 is a schematic structural diagram of the communication device involved in the above-mentioned embodiment provided in an embodiment of the present application.
- the communication device 110 includes, for example, modules, units, elements, circuits, or interfaces, which are appropriately configured together to implement the technical solutions provided in this application.
- the communication device 110 can be the terminal device or network device described above, or a component (such as a chip) in these devices, used to implement the method described in the following method embodiment.
- the communication device 110 includes one or more processors 111.
- the processor 111 can be a general-purpose processor or a dedicated processor. For example, it can be a baseband processor or a central processing unit.
- the baseband processor can be used to process communication protocols and communication data
- the central processing unit can be used to control the communication device (such as a RAN node, terminal, or chip, etc.), execute software programs, and process data of software programs.
- the processor 111 may include a program 113 (sometimes also referred to as code or instructions), which may be executed on the processor 111 to cause the communication device 110 to perform the methods described in the following embodiments.
- the communication device 110 includes circuitry (not shown in FIG11 ).
- the communication device 110 may include one or more memories 112 on which a program 114 (sometimes also referred to as code or instructions) is stored.
- the program 114 can be run on the processor 111, so that the communication device 110 executes the method described in the above method embodiment.
- the processor 111 and/or the memory 112 may include AI modules 117 and 118, which are used to implement AI-related functions.
- the AI module can be implemented through software, hardware, or a combination of software and hardware.
- the AI module may include a wireless intelligent control (RIC) module.
- the AI module may be a near-real-time RIC or a non-real-time RIC.
- data may be stored in the processor 111 and/or the memory 112.
- the processor and the memory may be provided separately or integrated together.
- the communication device 110 may further include a transceiver 115 and/or an antenna 116.
- the processor 111 may also be referred to as a processing unit, and controls the communication device (e.g., a RAN node or terminal).
- the transceiver 115 may also be referred to as a transceiver unit, a transceiver, a transceiver circuit, or a transceiver, and is configured to implement the transceiver functions of the communication device through the antenna 116.
- the processing unit 701 shown in FIG7 may be the processor 111.
- the transceiver unit 702 shown in FIG7 may be a communication interface, which may be the transceiver 115 shown in FIG11 .
- the transceiver 115 may include an input interface and an output interface.
- the transceiver 115 may be a transceiver circuit, which may include an input interface circuit and an output interface circuit.
- An embodiment of the present application further provides a computer-readable storage medium, which is used to store one or more computer-executable instructions.
- the processor executes the method described in the possible implementation methods of the first communication device or the second communication device in the aforementioned embodiment.
- An embodiment of the present application also provides a computer program product (or computer program).
- the processor executes the method that may be implemented by the above-mentioned first communication device or second communication device.
- An embodiment of the present application also provides a chip system, which includes at least one processor for supporting a communication device to implement the functions involved in the possible implementation methods of the above-mentioned communication device.
- the chip system also includes an interface circuit, which provides program instructions and/or data to the at least one processor.
- the chip system may also include a memory, which is used to store the necessary program instructions and data for the communication device.
- the chip system can be composed of chips, or it can include chips and other discrete devices, wherein the communication device can specifically be the first communication device or the second communication device in the aforementioned method embodiment.
- An embodiment of the present application further provides a communication system, wherein the network system architecture includes the first communication device and the second communication device in any of the above embodiments.
- the disclosed systems, devices and methods can be implemented in other ways.
- the device embodiments described above are merely schematic.
- the division of the units is only a logical function division. There may be other division methods in actual implementation, such as multiple units or components can be combined or integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored or not executed.
- Another point is that the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed can be through some interfaces, indirect coupling or communication connection of devices or units, which can be electrical, mechanical or other forms. Whether a function is performed in hardware or software depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Those skilled in the art can use different methods to implement the described functions for each specific application, but such implementation should not be considered to be beyond the scope of this application.
- the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separate, and the components shown as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place or distributed across multiple network units. Some or all of these units may be selected to achieve the purpose of this embodiment according to actual needs.
- the functional units in the various embodiments of the present application can be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit can exist physically separately, or two or more units can be integrated into one unit.
- the above-mentioned integrated unit can be implemented in the form of hardware or in the form of a software functional unit. If the integrated unit is implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as an independent product, it can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium. Based on this understanding, the technical solution of the present application is essentially or the contributing part or all or part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product.
- the computer software product is stored in a storage medium and includes several instructions for enabling a computer device (which can be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) to execute all or part of the steps of the method described in the various embodiments of the present application.
- the aforementioned storage medium includes: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (ROM), random access memory (RAM), disk or optical disk, and other media that can store program code.
Landscapes
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Signal Processing (AREA)
- Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Electromagnetism (AREA)
- Theoretical Computer Science (AREA)
- Data Mining & Analysis (AREA)
- Computing Systems (AREA)
- General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Mathematical Physics (AREA)
- Software Systems (AREA)
- Evolutionary Computation (AREA)
- Databases & Information Systems (AREA)
- Computational Linguistics (AREA)
- Artificial Intelligence (AREA)
- Medical Informatics (AREA)
- Quality & Reliability (AREA)
- Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)
Abstract
Description
本申请要求于2024年02月07日提交国家知识产权局、申请号为202410175499.3、申请名称为“一种通信方法及相关设备”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims priority to the Chinese patent application filed with the State Intellectual Property Office on February 7, 2024, with application number 202410175499.3 and application name “A communication method and related equipment”, the entire contents of which are incorporated by reference into this application.
本申请涉及通信领域,尤其涉及一种通信方法及相关设备。The present application relates to the field of communications, and in particular to a communication method and related equipment.
无线通信,可以是两个或两个以上的通信节点间不经由导体或缆线传播而进行的传输通讯,该通信节点一般包括网络设备和终端设备。Wireless communication can be the transmission communication between two or more communication nodes without propagating through conductors or cables. The communication nodes generally include network devices and terminal devices.
目前,在无线通信系统中,通信节点一般具备信号收发能力和计算能力。以具备计算能力的网络设备为例,网络设备的计算能力主要是为信号收发能力提供算力支持(例如:对信号进行发送处理和接收处理),以实现网络设备与其它通信节点的通信。Currently, in wireless communication systems, communication nodes generally possess both signal transceiver capabilities and computing capabilities. For example, network devices with computing capabilities primarily provide computing power to support signal transceiver capabilities (e.g., processing both sending and receiving signals), enabling communication between the network device and other communication nodes.
然而,在通信网络中,通信节点的计算能力除了为上述通信任务提供算力支持之外,还可能具备富余的计算能力。为此,如何利用这些计算能力,是一个亟待解决的技术问题。However, in communication networks, communication nodes may have excess computing power beyond just supporting the aforementioned communication tasks. Therefore, how to utilize this computing power is a pressing technical issue.
本申请提供了一种通信方法及相关设备,用于使得通信节点能够处理模型以及模型的下游任务(和/或下游模型)的同时,也能够实现模型的下游任务(和/或下游模型)的性能测量和/或性能反馈。The present application provides a communication method and related equipment, which are used to enable communication nodes to process models and downstream tasks (and/or downstream models) of the models while also realizing performance measurement and/or performance feedback of downstream tasks (and/or downstream models) of the models.
本申请第一方面提供了一种通信方法,该方法由第一通信装置执行,该第一通信装置可以是通信设备(如终端设备或网络设备),或者,该第一通信装置可以是通信设备中的部分组件(例如处理器、芯片、基带(baseband)芯片、调制解调(modem)芯片、包含modem核的片上系统(system on chip,SoC)芯片、系统级封装(system in package,SIP)芯片、通信模组、或芯片系统等),或者该第一通信装置还可以是能实现全部或部分通信设备功能的逻辑模块或软件。在该方法中,第一通信装置接收第一信息,该第一信息用于指示M个任务,M为正整数;其中,该M个任务中的任一任务的输入是基于第一模型的输出确定的;该第一通信装置发送第二信息,该第二信息用于指示该M个任务中的一个或多个任务的性能。In a first aspect, the present application provides a communication method, which is performed by a first communication device. The first communication device may be a communication device (such as a terminal device or a network device), or the first communication device may be a partial component in the communication device (such as a processor, a chip, a baseband chip, a modem chip, a system-on-chip (SoC) chip containing a modem core, a system-in-package (SIP) chip, a communication module, or a chip system, etc.), or the first communication device may also be a logic module or software that can implement all or part of the functions of the communication device. In this method, the first communication device receives first information, which is used to indicate M tasks, where M is a positive integer; wherein the input of any task in the M tasks is determined based on the output of a first model; and the first communication device sends second information, which is used to indicate the performance of one or more tasks in the M tasks.
基于上述技术方案,第一通信装置在接收用于指示M个任务的第一信息之后,该第一通信装置可以发送第二信息,并通过该第二信息指示该M个任务中的一个或多个任务的性能。换言之,第一通信装置可以部署第一模型,并基于第一信息的指示实现对第一模型的输出所实现的任务性能进行测量和/或反馈从而,使得通信节点的算力能够处理模型以及模型的下游任务(和/或下游模型)的同时,也能够实现性能测量和/或性能反馈。Based on the above technical solution, after receiving the first information indicating M tasks, the first communication device can send second information and indicate the performance of one or more tasks in the M tasks through the second information. In other words, the first communication device can deploy the first model and, based on the indication of the first information, measure and/or provide feedback on the task performance achieved by the output of the first model. This allows the computing power of the communication node to process the model and its downstream tasks (and/or downstream models) while also achieving performance measurement and/or performance feedback.
此外,在第一信息指示的M个任务中,任一任务的输入是基于第一模型的输出确定的,即该第一模型的输出可以用于执行一个或多个任务。在上述技术方案中,第一通信装置可以基于第一信息的指示对第一模型对应的M个任务的性能进行测量和/或反馈,能够提升方案实现灵活性的同时,也使得在第一模型具备下游任务的场景中,能够实现对该下游任务的性能测量和/或反馈的指示。In addition, among the M tasks indicated by the first information, the input of any task is determined based on the output of the first model, that is, the output of the first model can be used to execute one or more tasks. In the above technical solution, the first communication device can measure and/or provide feedback on the performance of the M tasks corresponding to the first model based on the indication of the first information. This can improve the flexibility of the solution implementation while also enabling the first model to provide an indication of performance measurement and/or feedback of the downstream task in scenarios where the first model has downstream tasks.
本申请中,模型与其它术语可能相互替换,例如神经网络模型,神经网络,人工智能(artificial intelligence,AI)模型,机器学习模型等。In this application, model may be used interchangeably with other terms, such as neural network model, neural network, artificial intelligence (AI) model, machine learning model, etc.
可选地,第一信息可以用于指示对M个任务的性能进行下述一项或多项操作:测量、测试、监测、评估、度量、反馈、或、上报。Optionally, the first information may be used to instruct to perform one or more of the following operations on the performance of the M tasks: measurement, testing, monitoring, evaluation, measurement, feedback, or reporting.
应理解,M个任务中的任一任务的输入是基于第一模型的输出确定的,可以理解为,该任一任务的输入,至少包括该第一模型的输出经过0个或1个或多个任务得到的结果。It should be understood that the input of any one of the M tasks is determined based on the output of the first model. It can be understood that the input of any one task at least includes the result obtained by the output of the first model through 0, 1 or more tasks.
可选地,M个任务中的任一任务可以通过多种方式实现,包括信号处理、模型处理、其他应用(application,APP)中的处理、或者其他方式。Optionally, any of the M tasks may be implemented in a variety of ways, including signal processing, model processing, processing in other applications (APP), or other ways.
作为一种示例,该第一模型的输出可以为多径分量信息(multiple path component,MPC),该M个任务中的任一任务可以为用于信道状态信息(channel-state information,CSI)获取的模型处理、资源管理或用户调度应用、用于路径损耗预测的模型处理、网络优化应用、用于波束预测的模型处理、或、波束管理应用。As an example, the output of the first model can be multiple path component information (MPC), and any of the M tasks can be model processing for channel-state information (CSI) acquisition, resource management or user scheduling applications, model processing for path loss prediction, network optimization applications, model processing for beam prediction, or beam management applications.
作为另一种示例,该第一模型的输出可以为信道频率响应(channel frequency response,CFR),该M个任务中的任一任务可以为用于CSI获取的模型处理、资源管理或用户调度应用、用于干扰预测的模型处理、干扰管理应用、用于调制和编码方案(modulation and coding scheme,MCS)预测的模型处理、或、自适应调制编码应用。As another example, the output of the first model can be a channel frequency response (CFR), and any of the M tasks can be model processing for CSI acquisition, resource management or user scheduling applications, model processing for interference prediction, interference management applications, model processing for modulation and coding scheme (MCS) prediction, or adaptive modulation and coding applications.
可选地,任务的性能可以包括任务(或任务的输出)的准确率,精度,处理速度中的一项或多项。Optionally, the performance of the task may include one or more of the accuracy, precision, and processing speed of the task (or the output of the task).
需要说明的是,第二信息可以通过多种方式指示一个或多个任务的性能。It should be noted that the second information may indicate the performance of one or more tasks in various ways.
例如,第一通信装置可以在本地执行该一个或多个任务并获得该一个或多个任务的输出之后,基于该一个或多个任务的输出确定该一个或多个任务的性能,并且,第一通信装置发送的该第二信息可以包括用于指示或表征该一个或多个任务的性能的信息。For example, after the first communication device executes the one or more tasks locally and obtains the output of the one or more tasks, it can determine the performance of the one or more tasks based on the output of the one or more tasks, and the second information sent by the first communication device can include information for indicating or characterizing the performance of the one or more tasks.
又如,第一通信装置可以在本地执行该一个或多个任务并获得该一个或多个任务的输出之后,第一通信装置发送的该第二信息可以包括该一个或多个任务的输出;后续该第二信息的接收方能够基于该一个或多个任务的输出确定该一个或多个任务的性能。For another example, after the first communication device can execute the one or more tasks locally and obtain the output of the one or more tasks, the second information sent by the first communication device can include the output of the one or more tasks; subsequently, the recipient of the second information can determine the performance of the one or more tasks based on the output of the one or more tasks.
在第一方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该第一通信装置发送第二信息,包括:在该M个任务中的一个或多个任务的性能低于或等于阈值时,该第一通信装置发送该第二信息。In a possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the first communication device sends the second information, including: when the performance of one or more tasks in the M tasks is lower than or equal to a threshold, the first communication device sends the second information.
基于上述技术方案,第一通信装置在接收指示M个任务的第一信息之后,该第一通信装置可以获得该M个任务对应的性能,并在该M个任务中的一个或多个任务的性能低于或等于阈值的情况下,发送用于指示该一个或多个任务的性能的第二信息,以便于该第二信息的接收方能够通过该第二信息确定性能劣化的任务。Based on the above technical solution, after receiving the first information indicating M tasks, the first communication device can obtain the performance corresponding to the M tasks, and when the performance of one or more tasks among the M tasks is lower than or equal to a threshold, send second information indicating the performance of the one or more tasks, so that the recipient of the second information can determine the task with degraded performance through the second information.
本申请第二方面提供了一种通信方法,该方法由第二通信装置执行,该第二通信装置可以是通信设备(如终端设备或网络设备),或者,该第二通信装置可以是通信设备中的部分组件(例如处理器、芯片、基带(baseband)芯片、调制解调(modem)芯片、包含modem核的片上系统(system on chip,SoC)芯片、系统级封装(system in package,SIP)芯片、通信模组、或芯片系统等),或者该第二通信装置还可以是能实现全部或部分通信设备功能的逻辑模块或软件。在该方法中,第二通信装置发送第一信息,该第一信息用于指示M个任务,M为正整数;其中,该M个任务中的任一任务的输入是基于第一模型的输出确定的;该第二通信装置接收第二信息,该第二信息用于指示该M个任务中的一个或多个的性能。The second aspect of the present application provides a communication method, which is performed by a second communication device. The second communication device can be a communication device (such as a terminal device or a network device), or the second communication device can be a partial component in the communication device (such as a processor, chip, baseband chip, modem chip, system on chip (SoC) chip containing a modem core, system in package (SIP) chip, communication module, or chip system, etc.), or the second communication device can also be a logic module or software that can implement all or part of the functions of the communication device. In this method, the second communication device sends first information, which is used to indicate M tasks, where M is a positive integer; wherein the input of any task in the M tasks is determined based on the output of the first model; and the second communication device receives second information, which is used to indicate the performance of one or more of the M tasks.
基于上述技术方案,第二通信装置在发送用于指示M个任务的第一信息之后,该第二通信装置可以接收第二信息,并通过该第二信息确定该M个任务中的一个或多个任务的性能。换言之,第一通信装置可以部署第一模型,并基于第一信息的指示实现对第一模型的输出所实现的任务性能进行测量和/或反馈从而,使得通信节点的算力能够处理模型以及模型的下游任务(和/或下游模型)的同时,也能够实现性能测量和/或性能反馈。Based on the above technical solution, after the second communication device sends the first information indicating M tasks, the second communication device can receive the second information and determine the performance of one or more tasks in the M tasks through the second information. In other words, the first communication device can deploy the first model and, based on the indication of the first information, measure and/or provide feedback on the task performance achieved by the output of the first model. This allows the computing power of the communication node to process the model and its downstream tasks (and/or downstream models) while also achieving performance measurement and/or performance feedback.
此外,在第一信息指示的M个任务中,任一任务的输入是基于第一模型的输出确定的,即该第一模型的输出可以用于执行一个或多个任务。在上述技术方案中,第一通信装置可以基于第一信息的指示对第一模型对应的M个任务的性能进行测量和/或反馈,能够提升方案实现灵活性的同时,也使得在第一模型具备下游任务的场景中,能够实现对该下游任务的性能测量和/或反馈的指示。In addition, among the M tasks indicated by the first information, the input of any task is determined based on the output of the first model, that is, the output of the first model can be used to execute one or more tasks. In the above technical solution, the first communication device can measure and/or provide feedback on the performance of the M tasks corresponding to the first model based on the indication of the first information. This can improve the flexibility of the solution implementation while also enabling the first model to provide an indication of performance measurement and/or feedback of the downstream task in scenarios where the first model has downstream tasks.
应理解,M个任务中的任一任务的输入是基于第一模型的输出确定的,可以理解为,该任一任务的输入,至少包括该第一模型的输出经过0个或1个或多个任务得到的结果。It should be understood that the input of any one of the M tasks is determined based on the output of the first model. It can be understood that the input of any one task at least includes the result obtained by the output of the first model through 0, 1 or more tasks.
在第一方面或第二方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该M个任务包含于N个任务,N为大于或等于M的整数;该N个任务对应于P个任务集合,该P个任务集合中的每个任务集合包括该N个任务中的一个或多个任务,该P个任务集合中的不同任务集合包含的任务不同;其中,该P个任务集合中的第i+1个任务集合中的任一个任务的输入,包括该P个任务集合中的第i个任务集合中的一个或多个任务的输出,P为正整数,i为1至P-1。In a possible implementation of the first aspect or the second aspect, the M tasks are included in N tasks, where N is an integer greater than or equal to M; the N tasks correspond to P task sets, each task set in the P task sets includes one or more tasks in the N tasks, and different task sets in the P task sets include different tasks; wherein, the input of any task in the i+1th task set in the P task sets includes the output of one or more tasks in the i-th task set in the P task sets, P is a positive integer, and i is 1 to P-1.
示例性的,以P大于2为例,在P个任务集合中,第1个任务集合包含的一个或多个任务的输入至少包括该第一模型的输出,第2个任务集合包含的一个或多个任务的输入至少包括该第一模型的输出经过第一个任务集合中的1个或多个任务得到的结果...以此类推,第P个任务集合包含的一个或多个任务的输入至少包括该第一模型的输出经过第P-1个任务集合中的一个或多个任务的处理得到的结果。换言之,P个任务集合也可以表述为P级任务集合,例如,在P级任务集合中,第1级任务集合包含的一个或多个任务的输入至少包括该第一模型的输出,第2级任务集合包含的一个或多个任务的输入至少包括该第一模型的输出经过第一级任务集合中的1个或多个任务得到的结果...以此类推,第P级任务集合包含的一个或多个任务的输入至少包括该第一模型的输出经过第P-1级任务集合中的一个或多个任务的处理得到的结果。For example, taking P as greater than 2, among the P task sets, the input of one or more tasks included in the first task set includes at least the output of the first model, the input of one or more tasks included in the second task set includes at least the result obtained by processing the output of the first model through one or more tasks in the first task set... and so on, the input of one or more tasks included in the P-th task set includes at least the result obtained by processing the output of the first model through one or more tasks in the P-1-th task set. In other words, the P task sets can also be expressed as P-level task sets. For example, among the P-level task sets, the input of one or more tasks included in the first-level task set includes at least the output of the first model, the input of one or more tasks included in the second-level task set includes at least the result obtained by processing the output of the first model through one or more tasks in the first-level task set... and so on, the input of one or more tasks included in the P-th task set includes at least the result obtained by processing the output of the first model through one or more tasks in the P-1-th task set.
可选地,不同的任务集合可以理解为不同级的任务集合,例如,P个任务集合可以表述为P级任务集合,第i个任务集合可以表述为第i级任务集合,第i+1个任务集合可以表述为第i+1级任务集合等。Optionally, different task sets can be understood as task sets of different levels. For example, P task sets can be expressed as P-level task sets, the i-th task set can be expressed as the i-th level task set, the i+1-th task set can be expressed as the i+1-th level task set, and so on.
基于上述技术方案,在包含有M个任务的N个任务中,任一任务的输入是基于第一模型的输出确定的。其中,该任一任务的输入,至少包括该第一模型的输出经过0个或1个或多个任务得到的结果,即该N个任务可以包括该第一模型的一级或多级的下游任务集合。使得第一信息能够在第一模型具备一级或多级的下游任务集合的场景下,实现对第一模型的下游任务的性能测量和/或反馈的指示。Based on the above technical solution, among N tasks including M tasks, the input of any task is determined based on the output of the first model. The input of any task at least includes the result obtained by passing the output of the first model through 0, 1, or more tasks, that is, the N tasks may include a set of one or more downstream tasks of the first model. This enables the first information to provide an indication of performance measurement and/or feedback of the downstream tasks of the first model in a scenario where the first model has a set of one or more downstream tasks.
可选地,该P个任务集合中的第i+1个任务集合中的任一个任务的输入,包括该P个任务集合中的第i个任务集合中的一个或多个任务的输出;可以理解为,该P个任务集合中的第j个任务集合中的任一个任务的输入,包括该第一模型的输出经过j-1个处理过程后得到的结果,该j-1次处理过程分别包括第j个任务集合之前的j-1个任务集合中每个任务集合中的一个或多个任务的处理,j的取值为1至P。Optionally, the input of any task in the i+1th task set among the P task sets includes the output of one or more tasks in the i-th task set among the P task sets; it can be understood that the input of any task in the j-th task set among the P task sets includes the result obtained after the output of the first model has undergone j-1 processing processes, and the j-1 processing processes respectively include the processing of one or more tasks in each task set in the j-1 task sets before the j-th task set, and the value of j is 1 to P.
在第一方面或第二方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该第一信息包括M个标识,该M个标识分别用于指示该M个任务;该M个标识中的任一标识包括K个索引,其中,该K个索引中的第k个索引,用于指示P个任务集合中的前K个任务集合中的第k个任务集合中的一个或多个任务,k的取值为1至K,K为小于或等于P的正整数。In a possible implementation of the first aspect or the second aspect, the first information includes M identifiers, which are respectively used to indicate the M tasks; any one of the M identifiers includes K indexes, wherein the kth index among the K indexes is used to indicate one or more tasks in the kth task set among the first K task sets in P task sets, and the value of k is 1 to K, and K is a positive integer less than or equal to P.
应理解,M个标识分别用于指示M个任务,可以理解为,M个标识与M个任务一一对应,和/或,M个标识中的第m个标识用于指示该M个任务中的第m个任务,m取值为1至M。It should be understood that the M identifiers are used to indicate M tasks respectively. It can be understood that the M identifiers correspond one-to-one to the M tasks, and/or the mth identifier among the M identifiers is used to indicate the mth task among the M tasks, and m takes a value of 1 to M.
基于上述技术方案,第一通信装置接收的第一信息可以包括分别用于指示该M个任务的M个标识。其中,在P个任务集合中,该任一标识指示的任务可以表示为P个任务集合中的第K(K为小于或等于P的整数)个任务集合中的任务。并且,该M个标识中的任一标识可以包括K个索引,以通过该K个索引分别指示K个任务集合中的每个任务集合包含的一个或多个。Based on the above technical solution, the first information received by the first communication device may include M identifiers respectively used to indicate the M tasks. Among the P task sets, the task indicated by any one of the identifiers may be represented as a task in the Kth (K is an integer less than or equal to P) task set among the P task sets. Moreover, any one of the M identifiers may include K indexes, so as to indicate one or more tasks contained in each of the K task sets through the K indexes.
可选地,不同的任务集合可以理解为不同级的任务集合,例如,K个任务集合可以表述为K级任务集合,第k个任务集合可以表述为第k级任务集合。Optionally, different task sets may be understood as task sets of different levels. For example, K task sets may be expressed as K-level task sets, and the k-th task set may be expressed as the k-th-level task set.
可选地,在K个任务集合中,不同任务集合之间的索引(即K个索引)可以是连续的(例如连续递增的,或连续递减的)。Optionally, among the K task sets, the indexes between different task sets (ie, the K indexes) may be continuous (eg, continuously increasing or continuously decreasing).
在第一方面或第二方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该任一标识还包括该第一模型的标识。In a possible implementation manner of the first aspect or the second aspect, any identifier further includes an identifier of the first model.
基于上述技术方案,第一通信装置可以部署一个或多个第一模型,相应的,每个第一模型都可能有下游任务。为此,在用于指示M个任务的M个标识中,任一标识还可以包括第一模型的标识。通过这种方式,使得第一信息能够实现对一个或多个第一模型对应的下游任务的指示。Based on the above technical solution, the first communication device can deploy one or more first models. Accordingly, each first model may have downstream tasks. To this end, among the M identifiers used to indicate M tasks, any identifier can also include an identifier of the first model. In this way, the first information can indicate the downstream tasks corresponding to one or more first models.
在第一方面或第二方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该第一信息包括T个索引,该T个索引指示的任务为该M个任务,该T个索引分别指示P个任务集合中的T个任务集合,T为小于或等于P的正整数;该T个索引中的第t个索引用于指示该T个任务集合中的第t个任务集合所包含的0个或一个或多个任务,t为小于T的正整数。In a possible implementation of the first aspect or the second aspect, the first information includes T indexes, the tasks indicated by the T indexes are the M tasks, the T indexes respectively indicate T task sets in the P task sets, and T is a positive integer less than or equal to P; the tth index in the T indexes is used to indicate 0 or one or more tasks contained in the tth task set in the T task sets, and t is a positive integer less than T.
基于上述技术方案,第一模型下游的N个任务可以包含于P个任务集合,相应的,N个任务中的M个任务可以包含于P个任务集合中的T个任务集合。其中,用于指示M个任务的第一信息可以包括T个索引,该T个索引分别用于指示T个任务集合中的每个任务集合的0个或一个或多个任务,通过这种方式,使得第一信息能够通过该T个任务集合中各个任务集合所包含的任务指示M个任务。Based on the above technical solution, the N tasks downstream of the first model can be included in P task sets, and correspondingly, M tasks in the N tasks can be included in T task sets in the P task sets. The first information for indicating the M tasks may include T indexes, and the T indexes are respectively used to indicate 0 or one or more tasks of each task set in the T task sets. In this way, the first information can indicate the M tasks through the tasks included in each task set in the T task sets.
可选地,不同的任务集合可以理解为不同级的任务集合,例如,T个任务集合可以表述为T级任务集合,第t个任务集合可以表述为第t级任务集合。Optionally, different task sets may be understood as task sets of different levels. For example, T task sets may be expressed as a T-level task set, and the t-th task set may be expressed as a t-th level task set.
可选地,T小于或等于P,即T个任务集合为P个任务集合中的部分或全部。相应的,在T个任务集合中,不同任务集合之间的索引(即T个索引)可以是连续的(例如连续递增的,或连续递减的),也可以是不连续的,此处不做限定。Optionally, T is less than or equal to P, that is, the T task sets are part or all of the P task sets. Accordingly, among the T task sets, the indexes between different task sets (i.e., the T indexes) can be continuous (e.g., continuously increasing or continuously decreasing) or discontinuous, which is not limited here.
在第一方面或第二方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该第一信息还包括该第一模型的标识。In a possible implementation manner of the first aspect or the second aspect, the first information further includes an identifier of the first model.
基于上述技术方案,第一信息除了包括T个索引之外,该第一信息还可以包括第一模型的标识。其中,第一通信装置可以部署一个或多个第一模型,相应的,每个第一模型都可能有下游任务。为此,在用于指示M个任务的第一信息中,该第一信息还可以包括第一模型的标识。通过这种方式,使得第一信息能够实现对一个或多个第一模型对应的下游任务的指示。Based on the above technical solution, in addition to T indexes, the first information may also include an identifier of the first model. The first communication device may deploy one or more first models, and accordingly, each first model may have downstream tasks. To this end, in the first information indicating M tasks, the first information may also include an identifier of the first model. In this way, the first information can indicate downstream tasks corresponding to one or more first models.
在第一方面或第二方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该T个索引满足以下至少一项:在该T个索引中的第t个索引中,第一个比特的取值用于指示该第一信息是否包括第t+x个索引,x的取值为1至T-t;或,在该T个索引中的第t个索引中,该第t个索引的取值为预设取值时,该第t个索引用于指示第t个任务集合包含的任务(或所有任务)。In a possible implementation of the first aspect or the second aspect, the T indexes satisfy at least one of the following: in the tth index among the T indexes, the value of the first bit is used to indicate whether the first information includes the t+xth index, and the value of x is 1 to T-t; or, in the tth index among the T indexes, when the value of the tth index is a preset value, the tth index is used to indicate the tasks (or all tasks) included in the tth task set.
示例性的,该第t个索引的取值为预设取值,可以理解为,该第t个索引包含的多个比特中,除了第一个比特之外的其它比特的取值为预设取值(例如全0或全1等);或者,该第t个索引包含的多个比特中,该多个比特的取值为预设取值。Exemplarily, the value of the t-th index is a preset value, which can be understood as, among the multiple bits contained in the t-th index, the values of the other bits except the first bit are preset values (for example, all 0s or all 1s, etc.); or, among the multiple bits contained in the t-th index, the values of the multiple bits are preset values.
基于上述技术方案,在该T个索引中的第t个索引中,第一个比特的取值用于指示该第一信息是否包括第t+x个索引的情况下,使得第一通信装置能够基于第t个索引中的第一个比特的取值确定是否需要解析第t+x个索引,能够降低实现复杂度,以避免不必要的开销。Based on the above technical solution, in the tth index among the T indexes, the value of the first bit is used to indicate whether the first information includes the t+xth index, so that the first communication device can determine whether it is necessary to parse the t+xth index based on the value of the first bit in the tth index, which can reduce the implementation complexity and avoid unnecessary overhead.
此外,在该T个索引中的第t个索引中,该第t个索引的取值为预设取值时,该第t个索引用于指示第t个任务集合包含的任务。通过这种方式,能够通过一个标识的特殊取值实现对该标识对应的一个或多个任务的指示,以降低开销。In addition, in the t-th index of the T indexes, when the value of the t-th index is a preset value, the t-th index is used to indicate the tasks included in the t-th task set. In this way, the special value of an identifier can be used to indicate one or more tasks corresponding to the identifier, thereby reducing overhead.
在第一方面或第二方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该第一信息包括M个标识,该M个标识分别用于指示该M个任务;在该M个标识中,不同标识的长度是相同的。In a possible implementation manner of the first aspect or the second aspect, the first information includes M identifiers, and the M identifiers are respectively used to indicate the M tasks; among the M identifiers, lengths of different identifiers are the same.
基于上述技术方案,第一信息可以通过M个等长的标识分别指示M个任务,即不同的任务均可以是通过等长的序列进行指示,通过这种方式,可以降低实现复杂度。Based on the above technical solution, the first information can indicate M tasks respectively through M equal-length identifiers, that is, different tasks can be indicated by sequences of equal length. In this way, the implementation complexity can be reduced.
在第一方面或第二方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该第二信息还用于指示该M个任务中的一个或多个任务。In a possible implementation manner of the first aspect or the second aspect, the second information is further used to indicate one or more tasks among the M tasks.
应理解,第二信息指示M个任务中的一个或多个任务的方式,可以参考第一信息指示M个任务中的一个或多个任务的方式。例如,该第二信息可以包括M个标识、T个索引等。It should be understood that the second information may indicate one or more tasks in the M tasks in a manner similar to the manner in which the first information indicates one or more tasks in the M tasks. For example, the second information may include M identifiers, T indexes, and the like.
基于上述技术方案,第二信息可以用于指示M个任务中的一个或多个任务的性能,相应的,第二信息还可以用于指示该一个或多个任务。通过这种方式,使得第二信息的接收方能够基于该第二信息确定该M个任务中的一个或多个任务,并明确该第二信息指示的性能为该M个任务中的一个或多个任务的性能。Based on the above technical solution, the second information can be used to indicate the performance of one or more tasks in the M tasks. Correspondingly, the second information can also be used to indicate the one or more tasks. In this way, the recipient of the second information can determine the one or more tasks in the M tasks based on the second information and clearly understand that the performance indicated by the second information is the performance of the one or more tasks in the M tasks.
本申请第三方面提供了一种通信方法,该方法由第一通信装置执行,该第一通信装置可以是通信设备(如终端设备或网络设备),或者,该第一通信装置可以是通信设备中的部分组件(例如处理器、芯片、基带(baseband)芯片、调制解调(modem)芯片、包含modem核的片上系统(system on chip,SoC)芯片、系统级封装(system in package,SIP)芯片、通信模组、或芯片系统等),或者该第一通信装置还可以是能实现全部或部分通信设备功能的逻辑模块或软件。在该方法中,第一通信装置接收第三信息,该第三信息用于指示M个模型,M为正整数;其中,该M个模型中的任一模型是基于第二模型确定的;该第一通信装置发送第四信息,该第四信息用于指示该M个模型中的一个或多个模型的性能。A third aspect of the present application provides a communication method, which is performed by a first communication device. The first communication device can be a communication device (such as a terminal device or a network device), or the first communication device can be a partial component in the communication device (such as a processor, chip, baseband chip, modem chip, system on chip (SoC) chip containing a modem core, system in package (SIP) chip, communication module, or chip system, etc.), or the first communication device can also be a logic module or software that can implement all or part of the functions of the communication device. In this method, the first communication device receives third information, and the third information is used to indicate M models, where M is a positive integer; wherein any model of the M models is determined based on the second model; and the first communication device sends fourth information, and the fourth information is used to indicate the performance of one or more models of the M models.
基于上述技术方案,第一通信装置在接收用于指示M个模型的第一信息之后,该第一通信装置可以发送第四信息,并通过该第四信息指示该M个模型中的一个或多个模型的性能。换言之,第一通信装置可以部署第二模型以及基于该第二模型得到的M个模型,并基于第一信息的指示实现对该M个模型的性能进行测量和/或反馈。从而,使得通信节点的算力能够处理模型以及模型的下游任务(和/或下游模型)的同时,也能够实现性能测量和/或性能反馈。Based on the above technical solution, after the first communication device receives the first information indicating M models, the first communication device can send fourth information and indicate the performance of one or more models in the M models through the fourth information. In other words, the first communication device can deploy the second model and M models obtained based on the second model, and measure and/or feedback the performance of the M models based on the indication of the first information. Thereby, the computing power of the communication node can process the model and the downstream tasks (and/or downstream models) of the model while also achieving performance measurement and/or performance feedback.
此外,在第一信息指示的M个模型中,任一模型是基于第二模型确定的,即该第二模型可以经过一次或多次的处理,生成该M个模型中的任一模型。在上述技术方案中,第一通信装置可以基于第一信息的指示对第二模型对应的M个模型的性能进行测量和/或反馈,能够提升方案实现灵活性的同时,也使得在第二模型具备下游模型的场景中,能够实现对该下游模型的性能测量和/或反馈的指示。In addition, among the M models indicated by the first information, any one of the models is determined based on the second model, that is, the second model can be processed once or multiple times to generate any one of the M models. In the above technical solution, the first communication device can measure and/or provide feedback on the performance of the M models corresponding to the second model based on the indication of the first information, which can improve the flexibility of the solution implementation and also enable the performance measurement and/or feedback of the downstream model to be indicated in the scenario where the second model has a downstream model.
应理解,M个模型中的任一模型是基于第二模型确定的,可以理解为,该M个模型的任一模型是基于该第二模型经过一次或多次的模型处理得到的。其中,该一次或多次的模型处理中的任一处理,可以为模型微调、模型蒸馏、模型剪枝、模型压缩、模型融合或者其他模型处理。It should be understood that any one of the M models is determined based on the second model, which can be understood as any one of the M models being obtained based on the second model through one or more model processings. Any of the one or more model processings can be model fine-tuning, model distillation, model pruning, model compression, model fusion, or other model processing.
可选地,模型的性能可以包括模型(或模型的输出)的准确率,精度,处理速度中的一项或多项。Optionally, the performance of the model may include one or more of the accuracy, precision, and processing speed of the model (or the output of the model).
需要说明的是,第四信息可以通过多种方式指示一个或多个模型的性能。It should be noted that the fourth information may indicate the performance of one or more models in various ways.
例如,第一通信装置可以在本地执行该一个或多个模型并获得该一个或多个模型的输出之后,基于该一个或多个模型的输出确定该一个或多个模型的性能,并且,第一通信装置发送的该第四信息可以包括用于指示或表征该一个或多个模型的性能的信息。For example, the first communication device may determine the performance of the one or more models based on the output of the one or more models after locally executing the one or more models and obtaining the output of the one or more models, and the fourth information sent by the first communication device may include information for indicating or characterizing the performance of the one or more models.
又如,第一通信装置可以在本地执行该一个或多个模型并获得该一个或多个模型的输出之后,第一通信装置发送的该第四信息可以包括该一个或多个模型的输出;后续该第二信息的接收方能够基于该一个或多个模型的输出确定该一个或多个模型的性能。For another example, after the first communication device can locally execute the one or more models and obtain the output of the one or more models, the fourth information sent by the first communication device can include the output of the one or more models; subsequently, the recipient of the second information can determine the performance of the one or more models based on the output of the one or more models.
在第三方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该第一通信装置发送第四信息,包括:在该M个模型中的一个或多个模型的性能低于或等于阈值时,该第一通信装置发送该第四信息。In a possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the first communication device sends the fourth information, including: when the performance of one or more models in the M models is lower than or equal to a threshold, the first communication device sends the fourth information.
基于上述技术方案,第一通信装置在接收指示M个模型的第三信息之后,该第一通信装置可以获得该M个模型对应的性能,并在该M个模型中的一个或多个模型的性能低于或等于阈值的情况下,发送用于指示该一个或多个模型的性能的第四信息,以便于该第四信息的接收方能够通过该第四信息确定性能劣化的模型。Based on the above technical solution, after receiving the third information indicating M models, the first communication device can obtain the performance corresponding to the M models, and when the performance of one or more models among the M models is lower than or equal to a threshold, send fourth information indicating the performance of the one or more models, so that the recipient of the fourth information can determine the model with degraded performance through the fourth information.
本申请第四方面提供了一种通信方法,该方法由第二通信装置执行,该第二通信装置可以是通信设备(如终端设备或网络设备),或者,该第二通信装置可以是通信设备中的部分组件(例如处理器、芯片、基带(baseband)芯片、调制解调(modem)芯片、包含modem核的片上系统(system on chip,SoC)芯片、系统级封装(system in package,SIP)芯片、通信模组、或芯片系统等),或者该第二通信装置还可以是能实现全部或部分通信设备功能的逻辑模块或软件。在该方法中,第二通信装置发送第三信息,该第三信息用于指示M个模型,M为正整数;其中,该M个模型中的任一模型是基于第二模型确定的;该第二通信装置接收第四信息,该第四信息用于指示该M个模型中的一个或多个模型的性能。In a fourth aspect, the present application provides a communication method, which is performed by a second communication device. The second communication device may be a communication device (such as a terminal device or a network device), or the second communication device may be a partial component in the communication device (such as a processor, a chip, a baseband chip, a modem chip, a system-on-chip (SoC) chip containing a modem core, a system-in-package (SIP) chip, a communication module, or a chip system, etc.), or the second communication device may also be a logic module or software that can implement all or part of the functions of the communication device. In this method, the second communication device sends third information, which is used to indicate M models, where M is a positive integer; wherein any model of the M models is determined based on the second model; and the second communication device receives fourth information, which is used to indicate the performance of one or more models of the M models.
基于上述技术方案,第二通信装置在发送用于指示M个模型的第一信息之后,该第二通信装置可以接收第四信息,并通过该第四信息确定该M个模型中的一个或多个模型的性能。换言之,第一通信装置可以部署第二模型以及基于该第二模型得到的M个模型,并基于第一信息的指示实现对该M个模型的性能进行测量和/或反馈。从而,使得通信节点的算力能够处理模型以及模型的下游任务(和/或下游模型)的同时,也能够实现性能测量和/或性能反馈,并实现性能反馈。Based on the above technical solution, after the second communication device sends the first information for indicating M models, the second communication device can receive fourth information and determine the performance of one or more models in the M models through the fourth information. In other words, the first communication device can deploy the second model and M models obtained based on the second model, and measure and/or feedback the performance of the M models based on the indication of the first information. Thereby, the computing power of the communication node can process the model and the downstream tasks (and/or downstream models) of the model while also being able to achieve performance measurement and/or performance feedback, and achieve performance feedback.
此外,在第一信息指示的M个模型中,任一模型是基于第二模型确定的,即该第二模型可以经过一次或多次的处理,生成该M个模型中的任一模型。在上述技术方案中,第一通信装置可以基于第一信息的指示对第二模型对应的M个模型的性能进行测量和/或反馈,能够提升方案实现灵活性的同时,也使得在第二模型具备下游模型的场景中,能够实现对该下游模型的性能测量和/或反馈的指示。In addition, among the M models indicated by the first information, any one of the models is determined based on the second model, that is, the second model can be processed once or multiple times to generate any one of the M models. In the above technical solution, the first communication device can measure and/or provide feedback on the performance of the M models corresponding to the second model based on the indication of the first information, which can improve the flexibility of the solution implementation and also enable the performance measurement and/or feedback of the downstream model to be indicated in the scenario where the second model has a downstream model.
在第三方面或第四方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该M个模型包含于N个模型,N为大于或等于M的整数;该N个模型对应于P个模型集合,该P个模型集合中的每个模型集合包括该N个模型中的一个或多个模型,该P个模型集合中的不同模型集合包含的模型不同;其中,该P个模型集合中的第i+1个模型集合中的任一个模型,是基于该P个模型集合中的第i个模型集合中的一个或多个模型确定的,P为正整数,i为1至P-1。In a possible implementation of the third aspect or the fourth aspect, the M models are included in N models, where N is an integer greater than or equal to M; the N models correspond to P model sets, each model set in the P model sets includes one or more models in the N models, and different model sets in the P model sets contain different models; wherein, any model in the i+1th model set in the P model sets is determined based on one or more models in the i-th model set in the P model sets, P is a positive integer, and i is 1 to P-1.
示例性的,以P大于2为例,在P个模型集合中,第1个模型集合包含的一个或多个模型中的任一模型是基于第二模型进行模型处理得到的,第2个模型集合包含的一个或多个模型中的任一模型是基于第1个模型集合中的一个或多个模型经过模型处理得到的...以此类推,第P个模型集合包含的一个或多个模型中的任一模型是基于第P-1个模型集合中的一个或多个模型进行模型处理得到的。换言之,P个模型集合也可以表述为P级模型集合,例如,在P级模型集合中,第1级模型集合包含的一个或多个模型中的任一模型是基于第二模型进行一次模型处理得到的,第2级模型集合包含的一个或多个模型中的任一模型是基于第1级模型集合中的一个或多个模型经过模型处理得到的...以此类推,第P级模型集合包含的一个或多个模型中的任一模型是基于第P-1级模型集合中的一个或多个模型进行模型处理得到的。Exemplarily, taking P greater than 2 as an example, among the P model sets, any one of the one or more models included in the first model set is obtained by model processing based on the second model, and any one of the one or more models included in the second model set is obtained by model processing based on one or more models in the first model set... and so on, any one of the one or more models included in the P-th model set is obtained by model processing based on one or more models in the P-1-th model set. In other words, the P model sets can also be expressed as P-level model sets. For example, among the P-level model sets, any one of the one or more models included in the first-level model set is obtained by model processing based on the second model, and any one of the one or more models included in the second-level model set is obtained by model processing based on one or more models in the first-level model set... and so on, any one of the one or more models included in the P-th level model set is obtained by model processing based on one or more models in the P-1-th level model set.
可选地,不同的模型集合可以理解为不同级的模型集合,例如,P个模型集合可以表述为P级模型集合,第i个模型集合可以表述为第i级模型集合,第i+1个模型集合可以表述为第i+1级模型集合等。Optionally, different model sets can be understood as model sets of different levels. For example, P model sets can be expressed as P-level model sets, the i-th model set can be expressed as the i-th level model set, the i+1-th model set can be expressed as the i+1-th level model set, and so on.
基于上述技术方案,在包含有M个模型的N个模型中,任一模型是基于第二模型确定的。其中,该任一模型可以是第二模型经过0次或1次或多次模型处理得到的,即该N个模型可以包括该第二模型的一级或多级的下游模型集合。使得第一信息能够在第二模型具备一级或多级的下游模型集合的场景下,实现对第二模型的下游模型的性能测量和/或反馈的指示。Based on the above technical solution, among N models including M models, any one model is determined based on the second model. The any one model can be obtained by processing the second model zero times, one time, or multiple times. That is, the N models can include a set of one or more downstream models of the second model. This allows the first information to provide an indication of performance measurement and/or feedback for downstream models of the second model in a scenario where the second model has a set of one or more downstream models.
可选地,该P个模型集合中的第i+1个模型集合中的任一个模型,是基于该P个模型集合中的第i个模型集合中的一个或多个模型确定的;可以理解为,该P个模型集合中的第p个模型集合中的任一个模型,是基于该第二模型经过p-1个处理过程后得到的,该p-1个处理过程包括第p个模型集合之前的p-1个模型集合中每个模型集合中的一个或多个模型对应的模型处理,p的取值为1至P。Optionally, any model in the i+1th model set among the P model sets is determined based on one or more models in the i-th model set among the P model sets; it can be understood that any model in the p-th model set among the P model sets is obtained based on the second model after p-1 processing processes, and the p-1 processing processes include model processing corresponding to one or more models in each model set in the p-1 model sets before the p-th model set, and the value of p is 1 to P.
在第三方面或第四方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该第三信息包括M个标识,该M个标识分别用于指示该M个模型;该M个标识中的任一标识包括K个索引;其中,该K个索引中的第k个索引,用于指示P个模型集合中的前K个模型集合中的第k个模型集合中的一个或多个模型对应的模型处理,k取值为1至K,K为小于或等于P的正整数。In a possible implementation of the third aspect or the fourth aspect, the third information includes M identifiers, which are respectively used to indicate the M models; any one of the M identifiers includes K indexes; wherein the kth index among the K indexes is used to indicate the model processing corresponding to one or more models in the kth model set in the first K model sets in the P model sets, and k ranges from 1 to K, where K is a positive integer less than or equal to P.
应理解,M个标识分别用于指示M个模型,可以理解为,M个标识与M个模型一一对应,和/或,M个标识中的第m个标识用于指示该M个模型中的第m个模型,m取值为1至M。It should be understood that the M identifiers are used to indicate M models respectively. It can be understood that the M identifiers correspond one-to-one to the M models, and/or the mth identifier among the M identifiers is used to indicate the mth model among the M models, and m takes a value of 1 to M.
基于上述技术方案,第一通信装置接收的第一信息可以包括分别用于指示该M个模型的M个标识。其中,在P个模型集合中,该任一标识指示的模型可以表示为P个模型集合中的第K(K为小于或等于P的整数)个模型集合中的模型。并且,该M个标识中的任一标识可以包括K个索引,以通过该K个索引分别指示该模型对应的模型处理。Based on the above technical solution, the first information received by the first communication device may include M identifiers respectively used to indicate the M models. Among the P model sets, the model indicated by any one of the identifiers may be represented as a model in the Kth (K is an integer less than or equal to P) model set among the P model sets. Furthermore, any one of the M identifiers may include K indexes, so as to indicate the model processing corresponding to the model through the K indexes.
可选地,不同的模型集合可以理解为不同级的模型集合,例如,K个模型集合可以表述为K级模型集合,第k个模型集合可以表述为第k级模型集合。Optionally, different model sets can be understood as model sets of different levels. For example, K model sets can be expressed as a K-level model set, and the k-th model set can be expressed as a k-th level model set.
可选地,在K个模型集合中,不同模型集合之间的索引(即K个索引)可以是连续的(例如连续递增的,或连续递减的)。Optionally, among the K model sets, the indexes between different model sets (ie, the K indexes) may be continuous (eg, continuously increasing or continuously decreasing).
在第三方面或第四方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该任一标识还包括该第二模型的处理的标识。In a possible implementation manner of the third aspect or the fourth aspect, the any identifier further includes an identifier of the processing of the second model.
基于上述技术方案,第一通信装置可以部署一个或多个第二模型,相应的,每个第二模型都可能有下游模型。为此,在用于指示M个模型的M个标识中,任一标识还可以包括第二模型的标识。通过这种方式,使得第一信息能够实现对一个或多个第二模型对应的下游模型的指示。Based on the above technical solution, the first communication device can deploy one or more second models. Accordingly, each second model may have a downstream model. To this end, among the M identifiers used to indicate the M models, any identifier can also include the identifier of the second model. In this way, the first information can indicate the downstream models corresponding to one or more second models.
在第三方面或第四方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该第三信息包括T个索引,该T个索引指示的模型为该M个模型,该T个索引分别用于指示该P个模型集合中的T个模型集合,T为小于或等于P的正整数;该T个索引中的第t个索引用于指示该T个模型集合中的第t个模型集合所包含的0个或一个或多个模型,t为小于T的正整数。In a possible implementation of the third aspect or the fourth aspect, the third information includes T indexes, the models indicated by the T indexes are the M models, and the T indexes are respectively used to indicate the T model sets in the P model sets, where T is a positive integer less than or equal to P; the tth index in the T indexes is used to indicate 0 or one or more models contained in the tth model set in the T model sets, where t is a positive integer less than T.
基于上述技术方案,第二模型下游的N个模型可以包含于P个模型集合,相应的,N个模型中的M个模型可以包含于P个模型集合中的T个模型集合。其中,用于指示M个模型的第一信息可以包括T个索引,该T个索引分别用于指示T个模型集合中的每个模型集合的0个或一个或多个模型,通过这种方式,使得第一信息能够通过该T个模型集合中各个模型集合所包含的模型指示M个模型。Based on the above technical solution, the N models downstream of the second model can be included in P model sets, and accordingly, M models in the N models can be included in T model sets in the P model sets. The first information used to indicate the M models can include T indexes, and the T indexes are respectively used to indicate 0 or one or more models of each model set in the T model sets. In this way, the first information can indicate the M models through the models included in each model set in the T model sets.
可选地,不同的模型集合可以理解为不同级的模型集合,例如,T个模型集合可以表述为T级模型集合,第t个模型集合可以表述为第t级模型集合。Optionally, different model sets can be understood as model sets of different levels. For example, T model sets can be expressed as a T-level model set, and the t-th model set can be expressed as a t-th level model set.
可选地,T小于或等于P,即T个模型集合为P个模型集合中的部分或全部。相应的,在T个模型集合中,不同模型集合之间的索引(即T个索引)可以是连续的(例如连续递增的,或连续递减的),也可以是不连续的,此处不做限定。Optionally, T is less than or equal to P, that is, the T model sets are part or all of the P model sets. Accordingly, among the T model sets, the indexes between different model sets (i.e., the T indexes) can be continuous (e.g., continuously increasing or continuously decreasing) or discontinuous, which is not limited here.
在第三方面或第四方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该第三信息还包括该第二模型的处理的标识。In a possible implementation manner of the third aspect or the fourth aspect, the third information further includes an identifier of the processing of the second model.
基于上述技术方案,第三信息除了包括T个索引之外,该第三信息还可以包括第二模型的标识。其中,第一通信装置可以部署一个或多个第二模型,相应的,每个第二模型都可能有下游模型。为此,在用于指示M个模型的第三信息中,该第三信息还可以包括第二模型的标识。通过这种方式,使得第一信息能够实现对一个或多个第二模型对应的下游模型的指示。Based on the above technical solution, in addition to including T indexes, the third information may also include an identifier of the second model. The first communication device may deploy one or more second models, and accordingly, each second model may have a downstream model. To this end, in the third information indicating M models, the third information may also include an identifier of the second model. In this way, the first information can indicate the downstream models corresponding to one or more second models.
在第三方面或第四方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该T个索引满足以下至少一项:在该T个索引中的第t个索引中,第一个比特的取值用于指示该第三信息是否包括第t+x个索引,x的取值为1至T-t;或,在该T个索引中的第t个索引中,该第t个索引的取值为预设取值时,该第t个索引用于指示第t个模型集合包含的模型(或所有模型)。In a possible implementation of the third aspect or the fourth aspect, the T indexes satisfy at least one of the following: in the tth index among the T indexes, the value of the first bit is used to indicate whether the third information includes the t+xth index, and the value of x is 1 to T-t; or, in the tth index among the T indexes, when the value of the tth index is a preset value, the tth index is used to indicate the model (or all models) included in the tth model set.
示例性的,该第t个索引的取值为预设取值,可以理解为,该第t个索引包含的多个比特中,除了第一个比特之外的其它比特的取值为预设取值(例如全0或全1等);或者,该第t个索引包含的多个比特中,该多个比特的取值为预设取值。Exemplarily, the value of the t-th index is a preset value, which can be understood as, among the multiple bits contained in the t-th index, the values of the other bits except the first bit are preset values (for example, all 0s or all 1s, etc.); or, among the multiple bits contained in the t-th index, the values of the multiple bits are preset values.
基于上述技术方案,在该T个索引中的第t个索引中,第一个比特的取值用于指示该第一信息是否包括第t+x个索引的情况下,使得第一通信装置能够基于第t个索引中的第一个比特的取值确定是否需要解析第t+x个索引,能够降低实现复杂度,以避免不必要的开销。Based on the above technical solution, in the tth index among the T indexes, the value of the first bit is used to indicate whether the first information includes the t+xth index, so that the first communication device can determine whether it is necessary to parse the t+xth index based on the value of the first bit in the tth index, which can reduce the implementation complexity and avoid unnecessary overhead.
此外,在该T个索引中的第t个索引中,该第t个索引的取值为预设取值时,该第t个索引用于指示第t个模型集合包含的模型。通过这种方式,能够通过一个标识的特殊取值实现对该标识对应的一个或多个模型的指示,以降低开销。In addition, in the t-th index of the T indexes, when the value of the t-th index is a preset value, the t-th index is used to indicate the models included in the t-th model set. In this way, one or more models corresponding to an identifier can be indicated by a special value of the identifier, thereby reducing overhead.
在第三方面或第四方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该第三信息包括M个标识,该M个标识分别用于指示该M个模型;在该M个标识中,不同标识的长度是相同的。In a possible implementation manner of the third aspect or the fourth aspect, the third information includes M identifiers, and the M identifiers are respectively used to indicate the M models; among the M identifiers, the lengths of different identifiers are the same.
基于上述技术方案,第三信息可以通过M个等长的标识分别指示M个模型,即不同的模型均可以是通过等长的序列进行指示,通过这种方式,可以降低实现复杂度。Based on the above technical solution, the third information can indicate M models respectively through M equal-length identifiers, that is, different models can be indicated by sequences of equal length. In this way, the implementation complexity can be reduced.
在第三方面或第四方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该第四信息还用于指示该M个模型中的一个或多个模型的标识。In a possible implementation manner of the third aspect or the fourth aspect, the fourth information is further used to indicate an identifier of one or more models among the M models.
基于上述技术方案,第四信息可以用于指示M个模型中的一个或多个模型的性能,相应的,第四信息还可以用于指示该一个或多个模型。通过这种方式,使得第四信息的接收方能够基于该第四信息确定M个模型中的一个或多个模型,并明确该第四信息指示的性能为该M个模型中的一个或多个模型的性能。Based on the above technical solution, the fourth information can be used to indicate the performance of one or more models in the M models. Correspondingly, the fourth information can also be used to indicate the one or more models. In this way, the recipient of the fourth information can determine the one or more models in the M models based on the fourth information and clearly understand that the performance indicated by the fourth information is the performance of the one or more models in the M models.
应理解,第四信息指示M个模型中的一个或多个模型的方式,可以参考第三信息指示M个模型中的一个或多个模型的方式。例如,该第四信息可以包括M个标识、T个索引等。It should be understood that the manner in which the fourth information indicates one or more models among the M models may refer to the manner in which the third information indicates one or more models among the M models. For example, the fourth information may include M identifiers, T indexes, and the like.
本申请第五方面提供了一种通信装置,该装置为第一通信装置,该装置包括收发单元和处理单元;该收发单元用于接收第一信息,该第一信息用于指示M个任务,M为正整数;其中,该M个任务中的任一任务的输入是基于第一模型的输出确定的;该处理单元用于确定第二信息;该收发单元还用于发送第二信息,该第二信息用于指示该M个任务中的一个或多个任务的性能。In a fifth aspect, the present application provides a communication device, which is a first communication device and includes a transceiver unit and a processing unit; the transceiver unit is used to receive first information, and the first information is used to indicate M tasks, where M is a positive integer; wherein the input of any one of the M tasks is determined based on the output of the first model; the processing unit is used to determine second information; the transceiver unit is also used to send second information, and the second information is used to indicate the performance of one or more tasks among the M tasks.
本申请第五方面中,通信装置的组成模块还可以用于执行第一方面的各个可能实现方式中所执行的步骤,并实现相应的技术效果,具体均可以参阅第一方面,此处不再赘述。In the fifth aspect of this application, the constituent modules of the communication device can also be used to execute the steps performed in each possible implementation method of the first aspect and achieve corresponding technical effects. For details, please refer to the first aspect and will not be repeated here.
本申请第六方面提供了一种通信装置,该装置为第二通信装置,该装置包括收发单元和处理单元;该处理单元用于确定第一信息;该收发单元用于发送第一信息,该第一信息用于指示M个任务,M为正整数;其中,该M个任务中的任一任务的输入是基于第一模型的输出确定的;该收发单元还用于接收第二信息,该第二信息用于指示该M个任务中的一个或多个的性能。In a sixth aspect, the present application provides a communication device, which is a second communication device and includes a transceiver unit and a processing unit; the processing unit is used to determine first information; the transceiver unit is used to send first information, and the first information is used to indicate M tasks, where M is a positive integer; wherein the input of any one of the M tasks is determined based on the output of the first model; the transceiver unit is also used to receive second information, and the second information is used to indicate the performance of one or more of the M tasks.
本申请第六方面中,通信装置的组成模块还可以用于执行第二方面的各个可能实现方式中所执行的步骤,并实现相应的技术效果,具体均可以参阅第二方面,此处不再赘述。In the sixth aspect of this application, the constituent modules of the communication device can also be used to execute the steps performed in each possible implementation method of the second aspect and achieve corresponding technical effects. For details, please refer to the second aspect and will not be repeated here.
本申请第七方面提供了一种通信装置,该装置为第一通信装置,该装置包括收发单元和处理单元;该收发单元用于接收第三信息,该第三信息用于指示M个模型,M为正整数;其中,该M个模型中的任一模型是基于第二模型确定的;该处理单元用于确定第四信息;该收发单元还用于发送第四信息,该第四信息用于指示该M个模型中的一个或多个模型的性能。In the seventh aspect of the present application, a communication device is provided, which is a first communication device and includes a transceiver unit and a processing unit; the transceiver unit is used to receive third information, and the third information is used to indicate M models, where M is a positive integer; wherein any one of the M models is determined based on the second model; the processing unit is used to determine fourth information; the transceiver unit is also used to send fourth information, and the fourth information is used to indicate the performance of one or more models among the M models.
本申请第七方面中,通信装置的组成模块还可以用于执行第三方面的各个可能实现方式中所执行的步骤,并实现相应的技术效果,具体均可以参阅第三方面,此处不再赘述。In the seventh aspect of the present application, the constituent modules of the communication device can also be used to execute the steps performed in each possible implementation method of the third aspect and achieve corresponding technical effects. For details, please refer to the third aspect and will not be repeated here.
本申请第八方面提供了一种通信装置,该装置为第二通信装置,该装置包括收发单元和处理单元;该处理单元用于确定第三信息,该收发单元用于发送第三信息,该第三信息用于指示M个模型,M为正整数;其中,该M个模型中的任一模型是基于第二模型确定的;该收发单元还用于接收第四信息,该第四信息用于指示该M个模型中的一个或多个模型的性能。In an eighth aspect of the present application, a communication device is provided, which is a second communication device, and includes a transceiver unit and a processing unit; the processing unit is used to determine third information, and the transceiver unit is used to send third information, and the third information is used to indicate M models, where M is a positive integer; wherein any one of the M models is determined based on the second model; the transceiver unit is also used to receive fourth information, and the fourth information is used to indicate the performance of one or more models of the M models.
本申请第八方面中,通信装置的组成模块还可以用于执行第四方面的各个可能实现方式中所执行的步骤,并实现相应的技术效果,具体均可以参阅第四方面,此处不再赘述。In the eighth aspect of the present application, the constituent modules of the communication device can also be used to execute the steps performed in each possible implementation method of the fourth aspect and achieve corresponding technical effects. For details, please refer to the fourth aspect and will not be repeated here.
本申请第九方面提供了一种通信装置,包括至少一个处理器,所述至少一个处理器与存储器耦合;该存储器用于存储程序或指令;该至少一个处理器用于执行该程序或指令,以使该装置实现前述第一方面至第四方面任一方面中的任意一种可能的实现方式所述的方法。In a ninth aspect, the present application provides a communication device, comprising at least one processor coupled to a memory; the memory is used to store programs or instructions; the at least one processor is used to execute the program or instructions so that the device implements the method described in any possible implementation method of any one of the first to fourth aspects.
本申请第十方面提供了一种通信装置,包括至少一个逻辑电路和输入输出接口;该逻辑电路用于执行如前述第一方面至第四方面任一方面中的任意一种可能的实现方式所述的方法。In a tenth aspect, the present application provides a communication device comprising at least one logic circuit and an input/output interface; the logic circuit is used to execute the method described in any possible implementation of any one of the first to fourth aspects.
本申请第十一方面提供了一种通信系统,该通信系统包括上述第一通信装置以及第二通信装置。In an eleventh aspect, the present application provides a communication system, which includes the above-mentioned first communication device and second communication device.
本申请第十二方面提供一种计算机可读存储介质,该存储介质用于存储一个或多个计算机执行指令,当计算机执行指令被处理器执行时,该处理器执行如上述第一方面至第四方面中任一方面的任意一种可能的实现方式所述的方法。A twelfth aspect of the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, which is used to store one or more computer-executable instructions. When the computer-executable instructions are executed by a processor, the processor executes the method described in any possible implementation of any aspect of the first to fourth aspects above.
本申请第十三方面提供一种计算机程序产品(或称计算机程序),当计算机程序产品中的计算机程序被该处理器执行时,该处理器执行上述第一方面至第四方面中任一方面的任意一种可能的实现方式所述的方法。The thirteenth aspect of the present application provides a computer program product (or computer program). When the computer program in the computer program product is executed by the processor, the processor executes the method described in any possible implementation of any one of the first to fourth aspects above.
本申请第十四方面提供了一种芯片或芯片系统,该芯片或芯片系统包括至少一个处理器,用于支持通信装置实现上述第一方面至第四方面中任一方面的任意一种可能的实现方式所述的方法。A fourteenth aspect of the present application provides a chip or chip system, which includes at least one processor for supporting a communication device to implement the method described in any possible implementation of any one of the first to fourth aspects above.
在一种可能的设计中,该芯片或芯片系统还可以包括存储器,存储器,用于保存该通信装置必要的程序指令和数据。该芯片系统,可以由芯片构成,也可以包含芯片和其他分立器件。可选的,所述芯片系统还包括接口电路,所述接口电路为所述至少一个处理器提供程序指令和/或数据。In one possible design, the chip or chip system may further include a memory for storing program instructions and data necessary for the communication device. The chip system may be composed of a chip or may include a chip and other discrete components. Optionally, the chip system also includes an interface circuit that provides program instructions and/or data to the at least one processor.
其中,第五方面至第十四方面中任一种设计方式所带来的技术效果可参见上述第一方面至第四方面中不同设计方式所带来的技术效果,在此不再赘述。Among them, the technical effects brought about by any design method in the fifth to fourteenth aspects can refer to the technical effects brought about by the different design methods in the above-mentioned first to fourth aspects, and will not be repeated here.
图1a至图1c为本申请提供的通信系统的示意图;Figures 1a to 1c are schematic diagrams of a communication system provided by this application;
图2a至图2e为本申请涉及的AI处理过程的示意图;Figures 2a to 2e are schematic diagrams of the AI processing process involved in this application;
图3为本申请提供的通信方法的一个交互示意图;FIG3 is an interactive schematic diagram of the communication method provided by this application;
图4a和图4b为本申请提供的模型与任务之间的关系的示意图;Figures 4a and 4b are schematic diagrams of the relationship between the model and tasks provided in this application;
图5为本申请提供的通信方法的一个交互示意图;FIG5 is an interactive diagram of the communication method provided by this application;
图6a和图6b为本申请提供的不同模型之间的关系的示意图;Figures 6a and 6b are schematic diagrams of the relationship between different models provided in this application;
图7至图11为本申请提供的通信装置的示意图。7 to 11 are schematic diagrams of the communication device provided in this application.
首先,对本申请实施例中的部分用语进行解释说明,以便于本领域技术人员理解。First, some of the terms used in the embodiments of the present application are explained to facilitate understanding by those skilled in the art.
(1)终端设备:可以是能够接收网络设备调度和指示信息的无线终端设备,无线终端设备可以是指向用户提供语音和/或数据连通性的设备,或具有无线连接功能的手持式设备,或连接到无线调制解调器的其他处理设备。(1) Terminal device: It can be a wireless terminal device that can receive network device scheduling and instruction information. The wireless terminal device can be a device that provides voice and/or data connectivity to the user, or a handheld device with wireless connection function, or other processing device connected to a wireless modem.
终端设备可以经无线接入网(radio access network,RAN)与一个或多个核心网或者互联网进行通信,终端设备可以是移动终端设备,如移动电话(或称为“蜂窝”电话,手机(mobile phone))、计算机和数据卡,例如,可以是便携式、袖珍式、手持式、计算机内置的或者车载的移动装置,它们与无线接入网交换语音和/或数据。例如,个人通信业务(personal communication service,PCS)电话、无绳电话、会话发起协议(SIP)话机、无线本地环路(wireless local loop,WLL)站、个人数字助理(personal digital assistant,PDA)、平板电脑(Pad)、带无线收发功能的电脑等设备。无线终端设备也可以称为系统、订户单元(subscriber unit)、订户站(subscriber station),移动站(mobile station)、移动台(mobile station,MS)、远程站(remote station)、接入点(access point,AP)、远程终端设备(remote terminal)、接入终端设备(access terminal)、用户终端设备(user terminal)、用户代理(user agent)、用户站(subscriber station,SS)、用户端设备(customer premises equipment,CPE)、终端(terminal)、用户设备(user equipment,UE)、移动终端(mobile terminal,MT)等。Terminal devices can communicate with one or more core networks or the Internet via a radio access network (RAN). Terminal devices can be mobile terminal devices, such as mobile phones (also known as "cellular" phones, mobile phones), computers, and data cards. For example, they can be portable, pocket-sized, handheld, computer-built-in, or vehicle-mounted mobile devices that exchange voice and/or data with the radio access network. For example, personal communication service (PCS) phones, cordless phones, Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) phones, wireless local loop (WLL) stations, personal digital assistants (PDAs), tablet computers, computers with wireless transceiver capabilities, and other devices. Wireless terminal equipment can also be called system, subscriber unit, subscriber station, mobile station, mobile station (MS), remote station, access point (AP), remote terminal equipment (remote terminal), access terminal equipment (access terminal), user terminal equipment (user terminal), user agent (user agent), subscriber station (SS), customer premises equipment (CPE), terminal, user equipment (UE), mobile terminal (MT), etc.
作为示例而非限定,在本申请实施例中,该终端设备还可以是可穿戴设备。可穿戴设备也可以称为穿戴式智能设备或智能穿戴式设备等,是应用穿戴式技术对日常穿戴进行智能化设计、开发出可以穿戴的设备的总称,如眼镜、手套、手表、服饰及鞋等。可穿戴设备即直接穿在身上,或是整合到用户的衣服或配件的一种便携式设备。可穿戴设备不仅仅是一种硬件设备,更是通过软件支持以及数据交互、云端交互来实现强大的功能。广义穿戴式智能设备包括功能全、尺寸大、可不依赖智能手机实现完整或者部分的功能,例如:智能手表或智能眼镜等,以及只专注于某一类应用功能,需要和其它设备如智能手机配合使用,如各类进行体征监测的智能手环、智能头盔、智能首饰等。As an example and not a limitation, in the embodiments of the present application, the terminal device may also be a wearable device. Wearable devices may also be referred to as wearable smart devices or smart wearable devices, etc., which are a general term for wearable devices that are intelligently designed and developed using wearable technology for daily wear, such as glasses, gloves, watches, clothing, and shoes. A wearable device is a portable device that is worn directly on the body or integrated into the user's clothes or accessories. Wearable devices are not only hardware devices, but also achieve powerful functions through software support, data interaction, and cloud interaction. Broadly speaking, wearable smart devices include those that are fully functional, large in size, and can achieve complete or partial functions without relying on smartphones, such as smart watches or smart glasses, etc., as well as those that only focus on a certain type of application function and need to be used in conjunction with other devices such as smartphones, such as various smart bracelets, smart helmets, and smart jewelry for vital sign monitoring.
终端还可以是无人机、机器人、设备到设备通信(device-to-device,D2D)中的终端、车到一切(vehicle to everything,V2X)中的终端、虚拟现实(virtual reality,VR)终端设备、增强现实(augmented reality,AR)终端设备、工业控制(industrial control)中的无线终端、无人驾驶(self driving)中的无线终端、远程医疗(remote medical)中的无线终端、智能电网(smart grid)中的无线终端、运输安全(transportation safety)中的无线终端、智慧城市(smart city)中的无线终端、智慧家庭(smart home)中的无线终端等。The terminal can also be a drone, a robot, a terminal in device-to-device (D2D) communication, a terminal in vehicle to everything (V2X), a virtual reality (VR) terminal device, an augmented reality (AR) terminal device, a wireless terminal in industrial control, a wireless terminal in self-driving, a wireless terminal in remote medical, a wireless terminal in smart grid, a wireless terminal in transportation safety, a wireless terminal in a smart city, a wireless terminal in a smart home, etc.
此外,终端设备也可以是第五代(5th generation,5G)通信系统之后的未来通信系统(例如第六代(6th generation,6G)通信系统等)中的终端设备或者未来的公共陆地移动网络(public land mobile network,PLMN)中的终端设备等。示例性的,6G网络可以进一步扩展5G通信终端的形态和功能,6G终端包括但不限于车、蜂窝网络终端(融合卫星终端功能)、无人机、物联网(internet of things,IoT)设备。Furthermore, the terminal device may also be a terminal device in a future communication system after the fifth-generation (5G) communication system (e.g., a sixth-generation (6G) communication system) or a terminal device in a future public land mobile network (PLMN). For example, a 6G network may further extend the form and functionality of a 5G communication terminal. 6G terminals include, but are not limited to, vehicles, cellular network terminals (with integrated satellite terminal functionality), drones, and Internet of Things (IoT) devices.
在本申请实施例中,上述终端设备还可以获得网络设备提供的AI服务。可选地,终端设备还可以具有AI处理能力。In an embodiment of the present application, the terminal device may also obtain AI services provided by the network device. Optionally, the terminal device may also have AI processing capabilities.
(2)网络设备:可以是无线网络中的设备,例如网络设备可以为将终端设备接入到无线网络的RAN节点(或设备),又可以称为基站。目前,一些RAN设备的举例为:基站(base station)、演进型基站(evolved NodeB,eNodeB)、5G通信系统中的基站gNB(gNodeB)、传输接收点(transmit/receive point,TRP)、演进型节点B(evolved Node B,eNB)、无线网络控制器(radio network controller,RNC)、节点B(Node B,NB)、家庭基站(例如,home evolved Node B,或home Node B,HNB)、基带单元(base band unit,BBU),或无线保真(wireless fidelity,Wi-Fi)接入点AP等。另外,在一种网络结构中,网络设备可以包括集中单元(centralized unit or central unit,CU)节点、或分布单元(distributed unit,DU)节点、或包括CU节点和DU节点的RAN设备。(2) Network equipment: It can be a device in a wireless network. For example, a network device can be a RAN node (or device) that connects a terminal device to a wireless network, which can also be called a base station. Currently, some examples of RAN equipment include: base station, evolved NodeB (eNodeB), gNB (gNodeB) in a 5G communication system, transmit/receive point (TRP), evolved Node B (eNB), radio network controller (RNC), Node B (NB), home base station (e.g., home evolved Node B, or home Node B, HNB), baseband unit (BBU), or wireless fidelity (Wi-Fi) access point AP, etc. In addition, in a network structure, the network device may include a centralized unit (CU) node, a distributed unit (DU) node, or a RAN device including a CU node and a DU node.
可选的,RAN节点还可以是宏基站、微基站或室内站、中继节点或施主节点、或者是云无线接入网络(cloud radio access network,CRAN)场景下的无线控制器。RAN节点还可以是服务器,可穿戴设备,车辆或车载设备等。例如,车辆外联(vehicle to everything,V2X)技术中的接入网设备可以为路侧单元(road side unit,RSU)。Alternatively, a RAN node can be a macro base station, micro base station, indoor base station, relay node, donor node, or wireless controller in a cloud radio access network (CRAN) scenario. A RAN node can also be a server, wearable device, vehicle, or onboard device. For example, the access network device in vehicle-to-everything (V2X) technology can be a roadside unit (RSU).
在另一种可能的场景中,由多个RAN节点协作协助终端实现无线接入,不同RAN节点分别实现基站的部分功能。例如,RAN节点可以是集中单元CU,分布单元DU,CU-控制面(control plane,CP),CU-用户面(user plane,UP),或者无线单元(radio unit,RU)等。CU和DU可以是单独设置,或者也可以包括在同一个网元中,例如基带单元(baseband unit,BBU)中。RU可以包括在射频设备或者射频单元中,例如包括在射频拉远单元(remote radio unit,RRU)、有源天线处理单元(active antenna unit,AAU)或远程射频头(remote radio head,RRH)中。In another possible scenario, multiple RAN nodes collaborate to assist terminals in achieving wireless access, with different RAN nodes implementing portions of the base station's functionality. For example, a RAN node can be a centralized unit (CU), a distributed unit (DU), a CU-control plane (CP), a CU-user plane (UP), or a radio unit (RU). The CU and DU can be separate or included in the same network element, such as a baseband unit (BBU). The RU can be included in a radio frequency device or radio unit, such as a remote radio unit (RRU), an active antenna unit (AAU), or a remote radio head (RRH).
在不同系统中,CU(或CU-CP和CU-UP)、DU或RU也可以有不同的名称,但是本领域的技术人员可以理解其含义。例如,在开放式接入网(open RAN,O-RAN或ORAN)系统中,CU也可以称为O-CU(开放式CU),DU也可以称为O-DU,CU-CP也可以称为O-CU-CP,CU-UP也可以称为O-CU-UP,RU也可以称为O-RU。为描述方便,本申请中以CU,CU-CP,CU-UP、DU和RU为例进行描述。本申请中的CU(或CU-CP、CU-UP)、DU和RU中的任一单元,可以是通过软件模块、硬件模块、或者软件模块与硬件模块结合来实现。In different systems, CU (or CU-CP and CU-UP), DU or RU may have different names, but those skilled in the art can understand their meanings. For example, in an open access network (open RAN, O-RAN or ORAN) system, CU may also be called O-CU (open CU), DU may also be called O-DU, CU-CP may also be called O-CU-CP, CU-UP may also be called O-CU-UP, and RU may also be called O-RU. For the convenience of description, this application uses CU, CU-CP, CU-UP, DU and RU as examples for description. Any unit among the CU (or CU-CP, CU-UP), DU and RU in this application can be implemented by a software module, a hardware module, or a combination of a software module and a hardware module.
接入网设备和终端设备之间的通信遵循一定的协议层结构。该协议层可以包括控制面协议层和用户面协议层。控制面协议层可以包括以下至少一项:无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)层、分组数据汇聚层协议(packet data convergence protocol,PDCP)层、无线链路控制(radio link control,RLC)层、媒体接入控制(media access control or medium access control,MAC)层、或物理(physical,PHY)层等。用户面协议层可以包括以下至少一项:业务数据适配协议(service data adaptation protocol,SDAP)层、PDCP层、RLC层、MAC层、或物理层等。Communication between access network equipment and terminal devices follows a specific protocol layer structure. This protocol layer may include a control plane protocol layer and a user plane protocol layer. The control plane protocol layer may include at least one of the following: radio resource control (RRC) layer, packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) layer, radio link control (RLC) layer, media access control (MAC) layer, or physical (PHY) layer. The user plane protocol layer may include at least one of the following: service data adaptation protocol (SDAP) layer, PDCP layer, RLC layer, MAC layer, or physical layer.
对于ORAN系统中的网元及其可实现的协议层功能对应关系,可参照下表1。For the correspondence between network elements in the ORAN system and their achievable protocol layer functions, please refer to Table 1 below.
表1
Table 1
网络设备可以是其它为终端设备提供无线通信功能的装置。本申请的实施例对网络设备所采用的具体技术和具体设备形态不做限定。为方便描述,本申请实施例并不限定。The network device may be any other device that provides wireless communication functionality to the terminal device. The embodiments of this application do not limit the specific technology and device form used by the network device. For ease of description, the embodiments of this application do not limit this.
网络设备还可以包括核心网设备,核心网设备例如包括第四代(4th generation,4G)网络中的移动性管理实体(mobility management entity,MME),归属用户服务器(home subscriber server,HSS),服务网关(serving gateway,S-GW),策略和计费规则功能(policy and charging rules function,PCRF),公共数据网网关(public data network gateway,PDN gateway,P-GW);5G网络中的访问和移动管理功能(access and mobility management function,AMF)、用户面功能(user plane function,UPF)或会话管理功能(session management function,SMF)等网元。此外,该核心网设备还可以包括5G网络以及5G网络的下一代网络中的其他核心网设备。The network equipment may also include core network equipment, such as the mobility management entity (MME), home subscriber server (HSS), serving gateway (S-GW), policy and charging rules function (PCRF), and public data network gateway (PDN gateway, P-GW) in the fourth generation (4G) network; and the access and mobility management function (AMF), user plane function (UPF), or session management function (SMF) in the 5G network. In addition, the core network equipment may also include other core network equipment in the 5G network and the next generation network of the 5G network.
本申请实施例中,上述网络设备还可以具有AI能力的网络节点,可以为终端或其他网络设备提供AI服务,例如,可以为网络侧(接入网或核心网)的AI节点、算力节点、具有AI能力的RAN节点、具有AI能力的核心网网元等。In an embodiment of the present application, the above-mentioned network device may also have a network node with AI capabilities, which can provide AI services for terminals or other network devices. For example, it can be an AI node on the network side (access network or core network), a computing power node, a RAN node with AI capabilities, a core network element with AI capabilities, etc.
本申请实施例中,用于实现网络设备的功能的装置可以是网络设备,也可以是能够支持网络设备实现该功能的装置,例如芯片系统,该装置可以被安装在网络设备中。在本申请实施例提供的技术方案中,以用于实现网络设备的功能的装置是网络设备为例,描述本申请实施例提供的技术方案。In the embodiments of the present application, the apparatus for implementing the function of the network device may be the network device, or may be a device capable of supporting the network device in implementing the function, such as a chip system, which may be installed in the network device. In the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application, the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application are described by taking the network device as an example.
(3)配置与预配置:在本申请中,会同时用到配置与预配置。其中,配置是指网络设备/服务器通过消息或信令将一些参数的配置信息或参数的取值发送给终端,以便终端根据这些取值或信息来确定通信的参数或传输时的资源。预配置与配置类似,可以是网络设备/服务器预先与终端设备协商好的参数信息或参数值,也可以是标准协议规定的基站/网络设备或终端设备采用的参数信息或参数值,还可以是预先存储在基站/服务器或终端设备的参数信息或参数值。本申请对此不做限定。(3) Configuration and pre-configuration: In this application, configuration and pre-configuration are used simultaneously. Configuration refers to the network device/server sending some parameter configuration information or parameter values to the terminal through messages or signaling, so that the terminal can determine the communication parameters or resources during transmission based on these values or information. Pre-configuration is similar to configuration, and can be parameter information or parameter values pre-negotiated between the network device/server and the terminal device, or parameter information or parameter values used by the base station/network device or terminal device as specified in the standard protocol, or parameter information or parameter values pre-stored in the base station/server or terminal device. This application does not limit this.
进一步地,这些取值和参数,是可以变化或更新的。Furthermore, these values and parameters can be changed or updated.
(4)本申请实施例中的术语“系统”和“网络”可被互换使用。“多个”是指两个或两个以上。“和/或”,描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A、同时存在A和B、单独存在B的情况,其中A,B可以是单数或者复数。字符“/”一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。“以下至少一项(个)”或其类似表达,是指的这些项中的任意组合,包括单项(个)或复数项(个)的任意组合。例如“A,B和C中的至少一项”包括A,B,C,AB,AC,BC或ABC。以及,除非有特别说明,本申请实施例提及“第一”、“第二”等序数词是用于对多个对象进行区分,不用于限定多个对象的顺序、时序、优先级或者重要程度。(4) The terms "system" and "network" in the embodiments of the present application can be used interchangeably. "Multiple" refers to two or more. "And/or" describes the association relationship of associated objects, indicating that three relationships can exist. For example, A and/or B can mean: A exists alone, A and B exist at the same time, and B exists alone, where A and B can be singular or plural. The character "/" generally indicates that the previous and next associated objects are in an "or" relationship. "At least one of the following" or similar expressions refers to any combination of these items, including any combination of single or plural items. For example, "at least one of A, B and C" includes A, B, C, AB, AC, BC or ABC. In addition, unless otherwise specified, the ordinal numbers such as "first" and "second" mentioned in the embodiments of the present application are used to distinguish multiple objects, and are not used to limit the order, timing, priority or importance of multiple objects.
(5)本申请实施例中的“发送”和“接收”,表示信号传递的走向。例如,“向XX发送信息”可以理解为该信息的目的端是XX,可以包括通过空口直接发送,也包括其他单元或模块通过空口间接发送。“接收来自YY的信息”可以理解为该信息的源端是YY,可以包括通过空口直接从YY接收,也可以包括通过空口从其他单元或模块间接地从YY接收。“发送”也可以理解为芯片接口的“输出”,“接收”也可以理解为芯片接口的“输入”。(5) “Sending” and “receiving” in the embodiments of the present application indicate the direction of signal transmission. For example, “sending information to XX” can be understood as the destination of the information being XX, which can include direct sending through the air interface, as well as indirect sending through the air interface by other units or modules. “Receiving information from YY” can be understood as the source of the information being YY, which can include direct receiving from YY through the air interface, as well as indirect receiving from YY through the air interface from other units or modules. “Sending” can also be understood as the “output” of the chip interface, and “receiving” can also be understood as the “input” of the chip interface.
换言之,发送和接收可以是在设备之间进行的,例如,网络设备和终端设备之间进行的,也可以是在设备内进行的,例如,通过总线、走线或接口在设备内的部件之间、模组之间、芯片之间、软件模块或者硬件模块之间发送或接收。In other words, sending and receiving can be performed between devices, for example, between a network device and a terminal device, or can be performed within a device, for example, sending or receiving between components, modules, chips, software modules or hardware modules within the device through a bus, wiring or interface.
可以理解的是,信息在信息发送的源端和目的端之间可能会被进行必要的处理,比如编码、调制等,但目的端可以理解来自源端的有效信息。本申请中类似的表述可以做相似的理解,不再赘述。It is understandable that information may be processed between the source and destination of information transmission, such as coding, modulation, etc., but the destination can understand the valid information from the source. Similar expressions in this application can be understood similarly and will not be repeated.
(6)在本申请实施例中,“指示”可以包括直接指示和间接指示,也可以包括显式指示和隐式指示。将某一信息(如下文所述的指示信息)所指示的信息称为待指示信息,则具体实现过程中,对待指示信息进行指示的方式有很多种,例如但不限于,可以直接指示待指示信息,如待指示信息本身或者该待指示信息的索引等。也可以通过指示其他信息来间接指示待指示信息,其中该其他信息与待指示信息之间存在关联关系;还可以仅仅指示待指示信息的一部分,而待指示信息的其他部分则是已知的或者提前约定的,例如可以借助预先约定(例如协议预定义)的各个信息的排列顺序来实现对特定信息的指示,从而在一定程度上降低指示开销。本申请对于指示的具体方式不作限定。可以理解的是,对于该指示信息的发送方来说,该指示信息可用于指示待指示信息,对于指示信息的接收方来说,该指示信息可用于确定待指示信息。(6) In the embodiments of the present application, "indication" may include direct indication and indirect indication, and may also include explicit indication and implicit indication. The information indicated by a certain information (such as the indication information described below) is called information to be indicated. In the specific implementation process, there are many ways to indicate the information to be indicated, such as but not limited to, directly indicating the information to be indicated, such as the information to be indicated itself or the index of the information to be indicated. The information to be indicated may also be indirectly indicated by indicating other information, wherein the other information is associated with the information to be indicated; or only a part of the information to be indicated may be indicated, while the other part of the information to be indicated is known or agreed in advance. For example, the indication of specific information may be achieved by means of the arrangement order of each information agreed in advance (such as predefined by the protocol), thereby reducing the indication overhead to a certain extent. The present application does not limit the specific method of indication. It is understandable that for the sender of the indication information, the indication information can be used to indicate the information to be indicated, and for the receiver of the indication information, the indication information can be used to determine the information to be indicated.
本申请中,除特殊说明外,各个实施例之间相同或相似的部分可以互相参考。在本申请中各个实施例、以及各实施例中的各个方法/设计/实现方式中,如果没有特殊说明以及逻辑冲突,不同的实施例之间、以及各实施例中的各个方法/设计/实现方式之间的术语和/或描述具有一致性、且可以相互引用,不同的实施例、以及各实施例中的各个方法/设计/实现方式中的技术特征根据其内在的逻辑关系可以组合形成新的实施例、方法、或实现方式。以下所述的本申请实施方式并不构成对本申请保护范围的限定。In this application, unless otherwise specified, the same or similar parts between the various embodiments can refer to each other. In the various embodiments of this application, and the various methods/designs/implementations in each embodiment, if there is no special explanation and logical conflict, the terms and/or descriptions between different embodiments and the various methods/designs/implementations in each embodiment are consistent and can be referenced to each other. The technical features in different embodiments and the various methods/designs/implementations in each embodiment can be combined to form new embodiments, methods, or implementations according to their inherent logical relationships. The following description of the implementation methods of this application does not constitute a limitation on the scope of protection of this application.
本申请可以应用于长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)系统、新无线(new radio,NR)系统,或者是5G之后的未来通信系统(例如6G等)。其中,该通信系统中包括至少一个网络设备和/或至少一个终端设备。This application can be applied to a long-term evolution (LTE) system, a new radio (NR) system, or a future communication system after 5G (e.g., 6G). The communication system includes at least one network device and/or at least one terminal device.
请参阅图1a,为本申请中通信系统的一种示意图。图1a中,示例性的示出了一个网络设备和6个终端设备,6个终端设备分别为终端设备1、终端设备2、终端设备3、终端设备4、终端设备5以及终端设备6等。在图1a所示的示例中,是以终端设备1为智能茶杯,终端设备2为智能空调,终端设备3为智能加油机,终端设备4为交通工具,终端设备5为手机,终端设备6为打印机进行举例说明的。Please refer to Figure 1a, which is a schematic diagram of a communication system in this application. Figure 1a exemplarily illustrates a network device and six terminal devices, namely terminal device 1, terminal device 2, terminal device 3, terminal device 4, terminal device 5, and terminal device 6. In the example shown in Figure 1a, terminal device 1 is a smart teacup, terminal device 2 is a smart air conditioner, terminal device 3 is a smart gas pump, terminal device 4 is a vehicle, terminal device 5 is a mobile phone, and terminal device 6 is a printer.
如图1a所示,AI配置信息发送实体可以为网络设备。AI配置信息接收实体可以为终端设备1-终端设备6,此时,网络设备和终端设备1-终端设备6组成一个通信系统,在该通信系统中,终端设备1-终端设备6可以发送数据给网络设备,网络设备需要接收终端设备1-终端设备6发送的数据。同时,网络设备可以向终端设备1-终端设备6发送配置信息。As shown in Figure 1a, the AI configuration information sending entity can be a network device. The AI configuration information receiving entity can be terminal devices 1-6. In this case, the network device and terminal devices 1-6 form a communication system. In this communication system, terminal devices 1-6 can send data to the network device, and the network device needs to receive data sent by terminal devices 1-6. At the same time, the network device can send configuration information to terminal devices 1-6.
示例性的,在图1a中,终端设备4-终端设备6也可以组成一个通信系统。其中,终端设备5作为网络设备,即AI配置信息发送实体;终端设备4和终端设备6作为终端设备,即AI配置信息接收实体。例如车联网系统中,终端设备5分别向终端设备4和终端设备6发送AI配置信息,并且接收终端设备4和终端设备6发送的数据;相应的,终端设备4和终端设备6接收终端设备5发送的AI配置信息,并向终端设备5发送数据。For example, in Figure 1a, terminal devices 4 and 6 can also form a communication system. Terminal device 5 serves as a network device, i.e., the AI configuration information sending entity; terminal devices 4 and 6 serve as terminal devices, i.e., the AI configuration information receiving entities. For example, in a connected vehicle system, terminal device 5 sends AI configuration information to terminal devices 4 and 6, respectively, and receives data from them. Correspondingly, terminal devices 4 and 6 receive AI configuration information from terminal device 5 and send data to terminal device 5.
以图1a所示通信系统为例,不同的设备之间(包括网络设备与网络设备之间,网络设备与终端设备之间,和/或,终端设备和终端设备之间)除了执行通信相关业务之外,还有可能执行AI相关业务。Taking the communication system shown in Figure 1a as an example, in addition to executing communication-related services, different devices (including between network devices, between network devices and terminal devices, and/or between terminal devices) may also execute AI-related services.
如图1b所示,以网络设备为基站为例,基站可以与一个或多个终端设备之间可以执行通信相关业务和AI相关业务,不同终端设备之间也可以执行通信相关业务和AI相关业务。As shown in Figure 1b, taking the network device as a base station as an example, the base station can perform communication-related services and AI-related services with one or more terminal devices, and different terminal devices can also perform communication-related services and AI-related services.
如图1c所示,以终端设备包括电视和手机为例,电视和手机之间也可以执行通信相关业务和AI相关业务。As shown in Figure 1c, taking the terminal devices including a TV and a mobile phone as an example, communication-related services and AI-related services can also be performed between the TV and the mobile phone.
本申请提供的技术方案可以应用于无线通信系统(例如图1a、图1b或图1c所示系统),例如本申请提供的通信系统中可以引入AI网元来实现部分或全部AI相关的操作。AI网元也可以称为AI节点、AI设备、AI实体、AI模块、AI模型、或AI单元等。所述AI网元可以是内置在通信系统的网元中。例如,AI网元可以是内置在:接入网设备、核心网设备、云服务器、或网管(operation,administration and maintenance,OAM)中的AI模块,用以实现AI相关的功能。所述OAM可以是作为核心网设备网管和/或作为接入网设备的网管。或者,所述AI网元也可以是通信系统中独立设置的网元。可选的,终端或终端内置的芯片中也可以包括AI实体,用于实现AI相关的功能。The technical solution provided in this application can be applied to wireless communication systems (such as the systems shown in Figures 1a, 1b, or 1c). For example, an AI network element can be introduced into the communication system provided in this application to implement some or all AI-related operations. The AI network element can also be called an AI node, AI device, AI entity, AI module, AI model, or AI unit, etc. The AI network element can be a network element built into the communication system. For example, the AI network element can be an AI module built into: an access network device, a core network device, a cloud server, or a network management (OAM) to implement AI-related functions. The OAM can be a network management for a core network device and/or a network management for an access network device. Alternatively, the AI network element can also be an independently set network element in the communication system. Optionally, the terminal or the chip built into the terminal can also include an AI entity to implement AI-related functions.
下面将本申请中可能涉及到的人工智能(artificial intelligence,AI)进行简要介绍。The following is a brief introduction to artificial intelligence (AI) that may be involved in this application.
人工智能(artificial intelligence,AI),可以让机器具有人类的智能,例如可以让机器应用计算机的软硬件来模拟人类某些智能行为。为了实现人工智能,可以采用机器学习方法。机器学习方法中,机器利用训练数据学习(或训练)得到模型。该模型表征了从输入到输出之间的映射。学习得到的模型可以用于进行推理(或预测),即可以利用该模型预测出给定输入所对应的输出。其中,该输出还可以称为推理结果(或预测结果)。Artificial intelligence (AI) can imbue machines with human intelligence. For example, it can enable machines to simulate certain intelligent human behaviors using computer hardware and software. Machine learning methods can be used to implement AI. In machine learning, a machine uses training data to learn (or train) a model. This model represents the mapping from input to output. The learned model can be used for inference (or prediction), meaning that the model can be used to predict the output corresponding to a given input. This output can also be called an inference result (or prediction result).
机器学习可以包括监督学习、无监督学习、和强化学习。其中,无监督学习还可以称为非监督学习。Machine learning can include supervised learning, unsupervised learning, and reinforcement learning. Among them, unsupervised learning can also be called unsupervised learning.
监督学习依据已采集到的样本值和样本标签,利用机器学习算法学习样本值到样本标签的映射关系,并用AI模型来表达学到的映射关系。训练机器学习模型的过程就是学习这种映射关系的过程。在训练过程中,将样本值输入模型得到模型的预测值,通过计算模型的预测值与样本标签(理想值)之间的误差来优化模型参数。映射关系学习完成后,就可以利用学到的映射来预测新的样本标签。监督学习学到的映射关系可以包括线性映射或非线性映射。根据标签的类型可将学习的任务分为分类任务和回归任务。Supervised learning uses machine learning algorithms to learn the mapping relationship between sample values and sample labels based on collected sample values and sample labels, and then expresses this learned mapping relationship using an AI model. The process of training a machine learning model is the process of learning this mapping relationship. During training, sample values are input into the model to obtain the model's predicted values. The model parameters are optimized by calculating the error between the model's predicted values and the sample labels (ideal values). Once the mapping relationship is learned, the learned mapping can be used to predict new sample labels. The mapping relationship learned by supervised learning can include linear mappings or nonlinear mappings. Based on the type of label, the learning task can be divided into classification tasks and regression tasks.
无监督学习依据采集到的样本值,利用算法自行发掘样本的内在模式。无监督学习中有一类算法将样本自身作为监督信号,即模型学习从样本到样本的映射关系,称为自监督学习。训练时,通过计算模型的预测值与样本本身之间的误差来优化模型参数。自监督学习可用于信号压缩及解压恢复的应用,常见的算法包括自编码器和对抗生成型网络等。Unsupervised learning uses algorithms to discover inherent patterns in collected sample values. One type of unsupervised learning algorithm uses the samples themselves as supervisory signals, meaning the model learns the mapping from one sample to another. This is called self-supervised learning. During training, the model parameters are optimized by calculating the error between the model's predictions and the samples themselves. Self-supervised learning can be used in signal compression and decompression recovery applications. Common algorithms include autoencoders and generative adversarial networks.
强化学习不同于监督学习,是一类通过与环境进行交互来学习解决问题的策略的算法。与监督、无监督学习不同,强化学习问题并没有明确的“正确的”动作标签数据,算法需要与环境进行交互,获取环境反馈的奖励信号,进而调整决策动作以获得更大的奖励信号数值。如下行功率控制中,强化学习模型根据无线网络反馈的系统总吞吐率,调整各个用户的下行发送功率,进而期望获得更高的系统吞吐率。强化学习的目标也是学习环境状态与较优(例如最优)决策动作之间的映射关系。但因为无法事先获得“正确动作”的标签,所以不能通过计算动作与“正确动作”之间的误差来优化网络。强化学习的训练是通过与环境的迭代交互而实现的。Reinforcement learning, unlike supervised learning, is a type of algorithm that learns problem-solving strategies through interaction with the environment. Unlike supervised and unsupervised learning, reinforcement learning problems lack explicit label data for "correct" actions. Instead, the algorithm must interact with the environment to obtain reward signals from the environment, and then adjust its decision-making actions to maximize the reward signal value. For example, in downlink power control, the reinforcement learning model adjusts the downlink transmit power of each user based on the overall system throughput fed back by the wireless network, hoping to achieve higher system throughput. The goal of reinforcement learning is also to learn the mapping between environmental states and optimal (e.g., optimal) decision-making actions. However, because the labels for "correct actions" cannot be obtained in advance, network optimization cannot be achieved by calculating the error between actions and "correct actions." Reinforcement learning training is achieved through iterative interaction with the environment.
神经网络(neural network,NN)是机器学习技术中的一种具体的模型。根据通用近似定理,神经网络在理论上可以逼近任意连续函数,从而使得神经网络具备学习任意映射的能力。传统的通信系统需要借助丰富的专家知识来设计通信模块,而基于神经网络的深度学习通信系统可以从大量的数据集中自动发现隐含的模式结构,建立数据之间的映射关系,获得优于传统建模方法的性能。A neural network (NN) is a specific model in machine learning technology. According to the universal approximation theorem, NNs can theoretically approximate any continuous function, enabling them to learn arbitrary mappings. Traditional communication systems require extensive expert knowledge to design communication modules. However, deep learning communication systems based on neural networks can automatically discover implicit patterns in massive data sets and establish mapping relationships between data, achieving performance superior to traditional modeling methods.
神经网络的思想来源于大脑组织的神经元结构。例如,每个神经元都对其输入值进行加权求和运算,通过一个激活函数输出运算结果。The idea of a neural network is derived from the neuronal structure of the brain. For example, each neuron performs a weighted sum operation on its input values and outputs the result through an activation function.
如图2a所示,为神经元结构的一种示意图。假设神经元的输入为x=[x0,x1,…,xn],与各个输入对应的权值分别为w=[w0,w1,…,wn],其中,n为正整数,wi和xi可以是实数、整数(例如0、正整数或负整数等)、或复数等各种可能的类型。wi作为xi的权值,用于对xi进行加权。根据权值对输入值进行加权求和的偏置例如为b。激活函数的形式可以有多种,假设一个神经元的激活函数为:y=f(z)=max(0,z),则该神经元的输出为:再例如,一个神经元的激活函数为:y=f(z)=z,则该神经元的输出为: 其中,b可以是实数、整数(例如0、正整数或负整数)、或复数等各种可能的类型。神经网络中不同神经元的激活函数可以相同或不同。As shown in Figure 2a, it is a schematic diagram of a neuron structure. Assume that the input of the neuron is x = [x 0 , x 1 ,…, x n ], and the weights corresponding to each input are w = [w 0 , w 1 ,…, w n ], where n is a positive integer, and w i and xi can be various possible types such as real numbers, integers (such as 0, positive integers or negative integers, etc.), or complex numbers. w i is used as the weight of xi to weight xi . The bias for weighted summation of input values according to the weights is, for example, b. There can be many forms of activation functions. Assuming that the activation function of a neuron is: y = f(z) = max(0,z), the output of the neuron is: For another example, if the activation function of a neuron is: y = f(z) = z, then the output of the neuron is: b can be a real number, an integer (eg, 0, a positive integer, or a negative integer), or a complex number, etc. The activation functions of different neurons in a neural network can be the same or different.
此外,神经网络一般包括多个层,每层可包括一个或多个神经元。通过增加神经网络的深度和/或宽度,能够提高该神经网络的表达能力,为复杂系统提供更强大的信息提取和抽象建模能力。其中,神经网络的深度可以是指神经网络包括的层数,每层包括的神经元个数可以称为该层的宽度。在一种实现方式中,神经网络包括输入层和输出层。神经网络的输入层将接收到的输入信息经过神经元处理,将处理结果传递给输出层,由输出层得到神经网络的输出结果。在另一种实现方式中,神经网络包括输入层、隐藏层和输出层。神经网络的输入层将接收到的输入信息经过神经元处理,将处理结果传递给中间的隐藏层,隐藏层对接收的处理结果进行计算,得到计算结果,隐藏层将计算结果传递给输出层或者下一个相邻的隐藏层,最终由输出层得到神经网络的输出结果。其中,一个神经网络可以包括一个隐藏层,或者包括多个依次连接的隐藏层,不予限制。Furthermore, neural networks generally include multiple layers, each of which may include one or more neurons. Increasing the depth and/or width of a neural network can improve its expressive power, providing more powerful information extraction and abstract modeling capabilities for complex systems. The depth of a neural network can refer to the number of layers it comprises, and the number of neurons in each layer can be referred to as the width of that layer. In one implementation, a neural network includes an input layer and an output layer. The input layer processes the input information received by the neural network through neurons, passing the processing results to the output layer, which then obtains the output of the neural network. In another implementation, a neural network includes an input layer, a hidden layer, and an output layer. The input layer processes the input information received by the neural network through neurons, passing the processing results to an intermediate hidden layer. The hidden layer performs calculations on the received processing results to obtain a calculation result, which is then passed to the output layer or the next adjacent hidden layer, which ultimately obtains the output of the neural network. A neural network can include one hidden layer or multiple hidden layers connected in sequence, without limitation.
神经网络例如为深度神经网络(deep neural network,DNN)。根据网络的构建方式,DNN可以包括前馈神经网络(feedforward neural network,FNN)、卷积神经网络(convolutional neural networks,CNN)和递归神经网络(recurrent neural network,RNN)。An example of a neural network is a deep neural network (DNN). Depending on how the network is constructed, DNNs can include feedforward neural networks (FNNs), convolutional neural networks (CNNs), and recurrent neural networks (RNNs).
图2b为一种FNN网络示意图。FNN网络的特点为相邻层的神经元之间两两完全相连。该特点使得FNN通常需要大量的存储空间、导致较高的计算复杂度。Figure 2b is a schematic diagram of an FNN network. A characteristic of FNN networks is that neurons in adjacent layers are fully connected. This characteristic typically requires a large amount of storage space and results in high computational complexity.
CNN是一种专门来处理具有类似网格结构的数据的神经网络。例如,时间序列数据(时间轴离散采样)和图像数据(二维离散采样)都可以认为是类似网格结构的数据。CNN并不一次性利用全部的输入信息做运算,而是采用一个固定大小的窗截取部分信息做卷积运算,这就大大降低了模型参数的计算量。另外根据窗截取的信息类型的不同(如同一副图中的人和物为不同类型信息),每个窗可以采用不同的卷积核运算,这使得CNN能更好的提取输入数据的特征。CNN is a neural network specifically designed to process data with a grid-like structure. For example, time series data (discrete sampling along the time axis) and image data (discrete sampling along two dimensions) can both be considered grid-like data. CNNs do not utilize all input information at once for computation. Instead, they use a fixed-size window to intercept a portion of the information for convolution operations, significantly reducing the computational complexity of model parameters. Furthermore, depending on the type of information intercepted by the window (e.g., people and objects in an image represent different types of information), each window can use a different convolution kernel, enabling CNNs to better extract features from the input data.
RNN是一类利用反馈时间序列信息的DNN网络。它的输入包括当前时刻的新的输入值和自身在前一时刻的输出值。RNN适合获取在时间上具有相关性的序列特征,特别适用于语音识别、信道编译码等应用。RNNs are a type of DNN that utilizes feedback time series information. Their input consists of a new input value at the current moment and their own output value at the previous moment. RNNs are suitable for capturing temporally correlated sequence features and are particularly well-suited for applications such as speech recognition and channel coding.
在上述机器学习的模型训练过程中,可以定义损失函数。损失函数描述了模型的输出值和理想目标值之间的差距或差异。损失函数可以通过多种形式体现,对于损失函数的具体形式不予限制。模型训练过程可以看作以下过程:通过调整模型的部分或全部参数,使得损失函数的值小于门限值或者满足目标需求。During the machine learning model training process, a loss function can be defined. This function describes the gap or discrepancy between the model's output and the ideal target value. Loss functions can be expressed in various forms, and there are no restrictions on their specific form. The model training process can be viewed as adjusting some or all of the model's parameters to keep the loss function below a threshold or meet the target.
模型还可以被称为AI模型、规则或者其他名称等。AI模型可以认为是实现AI功能的具体方法。AI模型表征了模型的输入和输出之间的映射关系或者函数。AI功能可以包括以下一项或多项:数据收集、模型训练(或模型学习)、模型信息发布、模型推断(或称为模型推理、推理、或预测等)、模型监控或模型校验、或推理结果发布等。AI功能还可以称为AI(相关的)操作、或AI相关的功能。A model may also be referred to as an AI model, rule, or other name. An AI model can be considered a specific method for implementing an AI function. An AI model represents a mapping relationship or function between the input and output of a model. AI functions may include one or more of the following: data collection, model training (or model learning), model information release, model inference (or model reasoning, inference, or prediction, etc.), model monitoring or model verification, or inference result release, etc. AI functions may also be referred to as AI (related) operations, or AI-related functions.
下面将结合附图,对全连接神经网络的实现过程进行示例性描述。其中,全连接神经网络,又叫多层感知机(multilayer perceptron,MLP)。The following is an illustrative description of the implementation process of a fully connected neural network, also known as a multilayer perceptron (MLP), with reference to the accompanying figures.
如图2c所示,一个MLP包含一个输入层(左侧),一个输出层(右侧),及多个隐藏层(中间)。其中,MLP的每层包含若干个节点,称为神经元。其中,相邻两层的神经元间两两相连。As shown in Figure 2c, an MLP consists of an input layer (left), an output layer (right), and multiple hidden layers (center). Each layer of the MLP contains several nodes, called neurons. Neurons in adjacent layers are connected to each other.
可选的,考虑相邻两层的神经元,下一层的神经元的输出h为所有与之相连的上一层神经元x的加权和并经过激活函数,可以表示为:
h=f(wx+b)。Alternatively, considering neurons in two adjacent layers, the output h of the neurons in the next layer is the weighted sum of all neurons x in the previous layer connected to it and passes through the activation function, which can be expressed as:
h=f(wx+b).
其中,w为权重矩阵,b为偏置向量,f为激活函数。Among them, w is the weight matrix, b is the bias vector, and f is the activation function.
进一步可选的,神经网络的输出可以递归表达为:
y=fn(wnfn-1(…)+bn)。Alternatively, the output of the neural network can be recursively expressed as:
y=f n (w n f n-1 (…)+b n ).
其中,n是神经网络层的索引,1<=n<=N,其中N为神经网络的总层数。Where n is the index of the neural network layer, 1<=n<=N, where N is the total number of neural network layers.
换言之,可以将神经网络理解为一个从输入数据集合到输出数据集合的映射关系。而通常神经网络都是随机初始化的,用已有数据从随机的w和b得到这个映射关系的过程被称为神经网络的训练。In other words, a neural network can be understood as a mapping from an input data set to an output data set. Neural networks are typically initialized randomly, and the process of obtaining this mapping from random w and b using existing data is called neural network training.
可选的,训练的具体方式为采用损失函数(loss function)对神经网络的输出结果进行评价。Optionally, the specific training method is to use a loss function to evaluate the output results of the neural network.
如图2d所示,可以将误差反向传播,通过梯度下降的方法即能迭代优化神经网络参数(包括w和b),直到损失函数达到最小值,即图2d中的“较优点(例如最优点)”。可以理解的是,图2d中的“较优点(例如最优点)”对应的神经网络参数可以作为训练好的AI模型信息中的神经网络参数。As shown in Figure 2d, the error can be backpropagated, and the neural network parameters (including w and b) can be iteratively optimized using gradient descent until the loss function reaches a minimum, which is the "better point (e.g., optimal point)" in Figure 2d. It is understood that the neural network parameters corresponding to the "better point (e.g., optimal point)" in Figure 2d can be used as the neural network parameters in the trained AI model information.
进一步可选的,梯度下降的过程可以表示为:
Alternatively, the gradient descent process can be expressed as:
其中,θ为待优化参数(包括w和b),L为损失函数,η为学习率,控制梯度下降的步长,表示求导运算,表示对L求θ的导数。Among them, θ is the parameter to be optimized (including w and b), L is the loss function, and η is the learning rate, which controls the step size of gradient descent. represents the derivative operation, represents the derivative of θ with respect to L.
进一步可选的,反向传播的过程利用到求偏导的链式法则。Optionally, the backpropagation process utilizes the chain rule for partial derivatives.
如图2e所示,前一层参数的梯度可以由后一层参数的梯度递推计算得到,可以表达为:
As shown in Figure 2e, the gradient of the previous layer parameters can be recursively calculated from the gradient of the next layer parameters, which can be expressed as:
其中,wij为节点j连接节点i的权重,si为节点i上的输入加权和。Among them, wij is the weight of node j connecting to node i, and si is the weighted sum of the inputs on node i.
本申请提供的技术方案可以应用于无线通信系统(例如图1a或图1b或图1c所示系统),在无线通信系统中,通信节点一般具备信号收发能力和计算能力。以具备计算能力的网络设备为例,网络设备的计算能力主要是为信号收发能力提供算力支持(例如:对信号进行发送处理和接收处理),以实现网络设备与其它通信节点的通信任务。The technical solutions provided in this application can be applied to wireless communication systems (e.g., the systems shown in Figures 1a, 1b, or 1c). In wireless communication systems, communication nodes generally have both signal transceiver capabilities and computing capabilities. For example, network devices with computing capabilities primarily provide computing power to support signal transceiver capabilities (e.g., performing signal transmission and reception processing) to enable communication between the network device and other communication nodes.
然而,在通信网络中,通信节点的计算能力除了为上述通信任务提供算力支持之外,还可能具备富余的计算能力。为此,如何利用这些计算能力,是一个亟待解决的技术问题。However, in communication networks, communication nodes may have excess computing power beyond just supporting the aforementioned communication tasks. Therefore, how to utilize this computing power is a pressing technical issue.
为了解决上述问题,本申请提供了一种通信方法及相关设备,下面将结合附图进行详细介绍。In order to solve the above problems, the present application provides a communication method and related equipment, which will be described in detail below with reference to the accompanying drawings.
请参阅图3,为本申请提供的通信方法的一个实现示意图,该方法包括如下步骤。Please refer to FIG3 , which is a schematic diagram of an implementation of the communication method provided in this application. The method includes the following steps.
需要说明的是,在下文中,图3和图5中以第一通信装置和第二通信装置作为该交互示意的执行主体为例来示意该方法,但本申请并不限制该交互示意的执行主体。例如,第一通信装置可以为通信设备(例如终端设备或网络设备),或者,通信设备中的芯片、基带(baseband)芯片、调制解调(modem)芯片、包含modem核的片上系统(system on chip,SoC)芯片、系统级封装(system in package,SIP)芯片、通信模组、芯片系统、处理器、逻辑模块或软件等。类似地,第二通信装置可以为通信设备(例如终端设备或网络设备),或者,通信设备中的芯片、芯片系统、处理器、逻辑模块或软件等。It should be noted that, in the following, FIG3 and FIG5 take the first communication device and the second communication device as the execution subject of the interaction diagram as an example to illustrate the method, but the present application does not limit the execution subject of the interaction diagram. For example, the first communication device can be a communication device (such as a terminal device or a network device), or a chip, a baseband chip, a modem chip, a system on chip (SoC) chip containing a modem core, a system in package (SIP) chip, a communication module, a chip system, a processor, a logic module or software, etc. in the communication device. Similarly, the second communication device can be a communication device (such as a terminal device or a network device), or a chip, a chip system, a processor, a logic module or software, etc. in the communication device.
S301.第二通信装置发送第一信息,相应的,第一通信装置接收该第一信息。其中,该第一信息用于指示M个任务,M为正整数。并且,该M个任务中的任一任务的输入是基于第一模型的输出确定的。S301. A second communication device sends first information, and the first communication device receives the first information. The first information indicates M tasks, where M is a positive integer. The input of each of the M tasks is determined based on the output of the first model.
S302.第一通信装置发送第二信息,相应的,第二通信装置接收该第二信息。其中,该第二信息用于指示该M个任务中的一个或多个任务的性能。S302: The first communication device sends second information, and correspondingly, the second communication device receives the second information, wherein the second information is used to indicate the performance of one or more tasks in the M tasks.
本申请中,模型与其它术语可能相互替换,例如神经网络模型,神经网络,人工智能(artificial intelligence,AI)模型,机器学习模型等。In this application, model may be used interchangeably with other terms, such as neural network model, neural network, artificial intelligence (AI) model, machine learning model, etc.
可选地,第一通信装置在步骤S301中接收的第一信息,可以用于指示对M个任务的性能进行下述一项或多项操作:测量、测试、监测、评估、度量、反馈、或、上报。Optionally, the first information received by the first communication device in step S301 may be used to instruct one or more of the following operations to be performed on the performance of the M tasks: measurement, testing, monitoring, evaluation, measurement, feedback, or reporting.
应理解,M个任务中的任一任务的输入是基于第一模型的输出确定的,可以理解为,该任一任务的输入,至少包括该第一模型的输出经过0个或1个或多个任务得到的结果。其中,M个任务的任一任务的输入可以是基于第一模型的输出得到的,为此,该M个任务可以称为该第一模型的下游任务。It should be understood that the input of any of the M tasks is determined based on the output of the first model. This means that the input of any task at least includes the result of passing the output of the first model through zero, one, or more tasks. The input of any of the M tasks can be derived based on the output of the first model. Therefore, the M tasks can be referred to as downstream tasks of the first model.
可选地,第一模型的输出可以用于确定一个或多个下游任务的输入。Optionally, the output of the first model can be used to determine the input of one or more downstream tasks.
为了便于理解,下面将结合图4a所示示例,以M取值为8为例,对第一模型与M个任务之间的关系进行示例性说明。For ease of understanding, the relationship between the first model and the M tasks will be exemplarily explained below with reference to the example shown in FIG4 a and taking the value of M as 8.
在图4a所示示例中,任务1、任务2、任务3和任务4中任一任务的输入可以包括第一模型的输出,即这四个任务中任一任务的输入可以包括该第一模型的输出经过0个任务得到的结果。In the example shown in FIG4a , the input of any task among Task 1, Task 2, Task 3 and Task 4 may include the output of the first model, that is, the input of any task among these four tasks may include the result obtained by the output of the first model after 0 tasks.
在图4a所示示例中,任务5的输入可以包括任务1的输出,即任务5的输入可以包括该第一模型的输出经过1个任务集合中的任务(即任务1)得到的结果。In the example shown in FIG4 a , the input of task 5 may include the output of task 1 , that is, the input of task 5 may include the result obtained by the output of the first model through a task in a task set (ie, task 1 ).
在图4a所示示例中,任务6或任务7的输入可以包括任务2的输出,即任务6或任务7的输入可以包括该第一模型的输出经过1个任务集合中的任务(即任务2)得到的结果。In the example shown in FIG4a , the input of task 6 or task 7 may include the output of task 2, that is, the input of task 6 or task 7 may include the result obtained by the output of the first model through a task in a task set (that is, task 2).
在图4a所示示例中,任务8的输入可以包括任务5的输出,即任务8的输入可以包括该第一模型的输出经过2个任务集合中的任务(即任务1和任务5)得到的结果。In the example shown in FIG4a , the input of task 8 may include the output of task 5, that is, the input of task 8 may include the result obtained by the output of the first model through the tasks in the two task sets (ie, task 1 and task 5).
需要说明的是,M的取值可以为正整数,在M的取值为其他取值时,M个任务与第一模型之间的关系可以参考图4a所示示例。即在M个任务中,任一任务的输入至少包括该第一模型的输出经过0个或1个或多个任务得到的结果。It should be noted that the value of M can be a positive integer. When M is other than a positive integer, the relationship between the M tasks and the first model can refer to the example shown in Figure 4a. That is, among the M tasks, the input of any task at least includes the output of the first model obtained by passing it through zero, one, or more tasks.
示例性的,该第一模型可以为无线预训练模型,预训练模型,或无线大模型等。Exemplarily, the first model may be a wireless pre-trained model, a pre-trained model, or a wireless large model, etc.
可选地,第一模型的输入可以通过多种方式实现,例如第一通信装置采集的环境参数,第一通信装置接收的来自其它通信装置(例如第二通信装置)的通信信号,第一通信装置本地预配置的信息中的一项或多项。Optionally, the input of the first model can be implemented in a variety of ways, such as environmental parameters collected by the first communication device, communication signals received by the first communication device from other communication devices (such as the second communication device), and one or more of the information pre-configured locally by the first communication device.
可选地,M个任务中的任一任务可以通过多种方式实现,包括信号处理、模型处理、其他应用(application,APP)中的处理、或者其他方式。Optionally, any of the M tasks may be implemented in a variety of ways, including signal processing, model processing, processing in other applications (APP), or other ways.
作为一种示例,该第一模型的输出可以为多径分量信息(multiple path component,MPC),该M个任务中的任一任务可以为用于信道状态信息CSI获取的模型处理、资源管理或用户调度应用、用于路径损耗预测的模型处理、网络优化应用、用于波束预测的模型处理、或、波束管理应用。As an example, the output of the first model can be multipath component information (MPC), and any of the M tasks can be model processing for channel state information CSI acquisition, resource management or user scheduling applications, model processing for path loss prediction, network optimization applications, model processing for beam prediction, or beam management applications.
作为另一种示例,该第一模型的输出可以为信道频率响应(channel frequency response,CFR),该M个任务中的任一任务可以为用于CSI获取的模型处理、资源管理或用户调度应用、用于干扰预测的模型处理、干扰管理应用、用于调制和编码方案(modulation and coding scheme,MCS)预测的模型处理、或、自适应调制编码应用。As another example, the output of the first model can be a channel frequency response (CFR), and any of the M tasks can be model processing for CSI acquisition, resource management or user scheduling applications, model processing for interference prediction, interference management applications, model processing for modulation and coding scheme (MCS) prediction, or adaptive modulation and coding applications.
可选地,任务的性能可以包括任务(或任务的输出)的准确率,精度,处理速度中的一项或多项。Optionally, the performance of the task may include one or more of the accuracy, precision, and processing speed of the task (or the output of the task).
需要说明的是,第二信息可以通过多种方式指示一个或多个任务的性能。It should be noted that the second information may indicate the performance of one or more tasks in various ways.
例如,第一通信装置可以在本地执行该一个或多个任务并获得该一个或多个任务的输出之后,基于该一个或多个任务的输出确定该一个或多个任务的性能,并且,第一通信装置发送的该第二信息可以包括用于指示或表征该一个或多个任务的性能的信息。For example, after the first communication device executes the one or more tasks locally and obtains the output of the one or more tasks, it can determine the performance of the one or more tasks based on the output of the one or more tasks, and the second information sent by the first communication device can include information for indicating or characterizing the performance of the one or more tasks.
又如,第一通信装置可以在本地执行该一个或多个任务并获得该一个或多个任务的输出之后,第一通信装置发送的该第二信息可以包括该一个或多个任务的输出;后续该第二信息的接收方能够基于该一个或多个任务的输出确定该一个或多个任务的性能。For another example, after the first communication device can execute the one or more tasks locally and obtain the output of the one or more tasks, the second information sent by the first communication device can include the output of the one or more tasks; subsequently, the recipient of the second information can determine the performance of the one or more tasks based on the output of the one or more tasks.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第二通信装置在步骤S301中发送的第一信息所指示的M个任务包含于N个任务,N为大于或等于M的整数;该N个任务对应于P个任务集合,该P个任务集合中的每个任务集合包括该N个任务中的一个或多个任务,该P个任务集合中的不同任务集合包含的任务不同;其中,该P个任务集合中的第i+1个任务集合中的任一个任务的输入,包括该P个任务集合中的第i个任务集合中的一个或多个任务的输出,P为正整数,i为1至P-1。In one possible implementation, the M tasks indicated by the first information sent by the second communication device in step S301 are included in N tasks, where N is an integer greater than or equal to M; the N tasks correspond to P task sets, each task set in the P task sets includes one or more tasks in the N tasks, and different task sets in the P task sets contain different tasks; wherein, the input of any task in the i+1th task set in the P task sets includes the output of one or more tasks in the i-th task set in the P task sets, P is a positive integer, and i is 1 to P-1.
具体地,在包含有M个任务的N个任务中,任一任务的输入是基于第一模型的输出确定的。其中,该任一任务的输入,至少包括该第一模型的输出经过0个或1个或多个任务得到的结果,即该N个任务可以包括该第一模型的一级或多级的下游任务集合。使得第一信息能够在第一模型具备一级或多级的下游任务集合的场景下,实现对第一模型的下游任务的性能测量和/或反馈的指示。Specifically, among N tasks comprising M tasks, the input of any task is determined based on the output of the first model. The input of any task includes at least the result obtained by passing the output of the first model through zero, one, or more tasks, that is, the N tasks may include a set of one or more downstream tasks of the first model. This enables the first information to provide an indication of performance measurement and/or feedback for the downstream tasks of the first model in a scenario where the first model has a set of one or more downstream tasks.
示例性的,以P大于2为例,在P个任务集合中,第1个任务集合包含的一个或多个任务的输入至少包括该第一模型的输出,第2个任务集合包含的一个或多个任务的输入至少包括该第一模型的输出经过第一个任务集合中的一个或多个任务得到的结果...以此类推,第P个任务集合包含的一个或多个任务的输入至少包括该第一模型的输出经过第P-1个任务集合中的一个或多个任务得到的结果。换言之,P个任务集合也可以表述为P级任务集合,例如,在P级任务集合中,第1级任务集合包含的一个或多个任务的输入至少包括该第一模型的输出,第2级任务集合包含的一个或多个任务的输入至少包括该第一模型的输出经过第一级任务集合中的1个或多个任务得到的结果...以此类推,第P级任务集合包含的一个或多个任务的输入至少包括该第一模型的输出经过第P-1级任务集合中的一个或多个任务的处理得到的结果。For example, taking P as greater than 2, among the P task sets, the input of one or more tasks included in the first task set includes at least the output of the first model, the input of one or more tasks included in the second task set includes at least the result obtained by processing the output of the first model through one or more tasks in the first task set... and so on, the input of one or more tasks included in the P-th task set includes at least the result obtained by processing the output of the first model through one or more tasks in the P-1-th task set. In other words, the P task sets can also be expressed as P-level task sets. For example, among the P-level task sets, the input of one or more tasks included in the first-level task set includes at least the output of the first model, the input of one or more tasks included in the second-level task set includes at least the result obtained by processing the output of the first model through one or more tasks in the first-level task set... and so on, the input of one or more tasks included in the P-th task set includes at least the result obtained by processing the output of the first model through one or more tasks in the P-1-th task set.
为了便于理解,下面将结合图4b所示示例,以N的取值为11且M的取值为8为例,对第一模型与M个任务之间的关系进行示例性说明。For ease of understanding, the relationship between the first model and the M tasks will be exemplarily explained below with reference to the example shown in FIG. 4 b , taking the value of N as 11 and the value of M as 8 as an example.
在图4b所示示例中,任务1至任务8的实现可以参考前文图4a及相关描述。In the example shown in FIG4 b , the implementation of tasks 1 to 8 may refer to FIG4 a and related descriptions above.
在图4b所示示例中,任务9或任务10的输入可以包括任务8的输出,即任务9或任务10的输入可以包括该第一模型的输出经过前3个任务集合中的每个任务集合包含的一个或多个(即任务1、任务5、任务8)得到的结果。In the example shown in Figure 4b, the input of task 9 or task 10 may include the output of task 8, that is, the input of task 9 or task 10 may include the output of the first model obtained through one or more of the outputs contained in each of the first three task sets (that is, task 1, task 5, and task 8).
在图4b所示示例中,任务11的输入可以包括任务9和任务10的输出,即任务11的输入可以包括该第一模型的输出经过5个任务(即任务1、任务5、任务8、任务9和任务10)得到的结果。In the example shown in Figure 4b, the input of task 11 may include the output of tasks 9 and 10, that is, the input of task 11 may include the output of the first model after 5 tasks (i.e., task 1, task 5, task 8, task 9 and task 10).
此外,在图4b所示示例中,10(N=11)个任务可以对应于5(P=5)个任务集合。Furthermore, in the example shown in FIG. 4 b , 10 (N=11) tasks may correspond to 5 (P=5) task sets.
在第1个任务集合中,任一任务的输入包括第一模型的输出(即第一模型的输出经过0个任务得到的结果)。例如,在该第1个任务集合中,任务1、任务2、任务3和任务4中的任一任务的输入包括第一模型的输出。In the first task set, the input of any task includes the output of the first model (i.e., the output of the first model after passing it through task 0). For example, in the first task set, the input of any task among Task 1, Task 2, Task 3, and Task 4 includes the output of the first model.
在i=1且i+1=2的情况下,在第2个任务集合中,任一任务的输入包括第一模型的输出经过前1个任务集合中的一个或多个任务的处理得到的结果(即第1个任务集合中的一个或多个任务的输出)。例如,在该第2个任务集合中,任务5的输入包括第一模型的输出经过任务1的结果,即任务5的输入可以包括该第一模型的输出经过1个任务集合中的任务(即任务1)得到的结果;任务6或任务7的输入可以包括任务2的输出,即任务6或任务7的输入可以包括该第一模型的输出经过1个任务(即任务2)得到的结果。When i=1 and i+1=2, in the second task set, the input of any task includes the result obtained by processing the output of the first model through one or more tasks in the previous task set (i.e., the output of one or more tasks in the first task set). For example, in the second task set, the input of task 5 includes the result obtained by processing the output of the first model through task 1, i.e., the input of task 5 may include the result obtained by processing the output of the first model through a task in the task set (i.e., task 1); the input of task 6 or task 7 may include the output of task 2, i.e., the input of task 6 or task 7 may include the result obtained by processing the output of the first model through a task (i.e., task 2).
在i=2且i+1=3的情况下,在第3个任务集合中,任一任务的输入包括第一模型的输出经过前2个任务集合中的一个或多个任务的处理得到的结果(即第2个任务集合中的一个或多个任务的输出)。例如,在该第3个任务集合中,任务8的输入包括第一模型的输出经过任务1、任务5的结果,即任务8的输入可以包括该第一模型的输出经过2个任务集合中的任务(即任务1、任务5)得到的结果。When i=2 and i+1=3, in the third task set, the input of any task includes the result obtained by processing the output of the first model through one or more tasks in the first two task sets (i.e., the output of one or more tasks in the second task set). For example, in the third task set, the input of Task 8 includes the result obtained by processing the output of the first model through Task 1 and Task 5. That is, the input of Task 8 can include the result obtained by processing the output of the first model through tasks in two task sets (i.e., Task 1 and Task 5).
在i=3且i+1=4的情况下,在第4个任务集合中,任一任务的输入包括第一模型的输出经过前3个任务得到的结果(即第3个任务集合中的一个或多个任务的输出)。例如,在该第4个任务集合中,任务9或任务10的输入包括第一模型的输出经过任务1、任务5、任务8的结果,即任务9或任务10的输入可以包括该第一模型的输出经过3个任务集合中的任务(即任务1、任务5、任务8)得到的结果。When i=3 and i+1=4, in the fourth task set, the input of any task includes the result obtained by passing the output of the first model through the first three tasks (i.e., the output of one or more tasks in the third task set). For example, in the fourth task set, the input of task 9 or task 10 includes the result obtained by passing the output of the first model through tasks 1, 5, and 8. That is, the input of task 9 or task 10 can include the result obtained by passing the output of the first model through the tasks in the three task sets (i.e., task 1, task 5, and task 8).
在i=4且i+1=5的情况下,在第5个任务集合中,任一任务的输入包括第一模型的输出经过前4个任务得到的结果(即第4个任务集合中的一个或多个任务的输出)。例如,在该第5个任务集合中,任务11的输入包括第一模型的输出经过任务1、任务5、任务8、任务9和任务10的结果,即任务11的输入可以包括该第一模型的输出经过4个任务集合中的任务(即任务1、任务5、任务8、任务9和任务10)得到的结果。When i=4 and i+1=5, in the fifth task set, the input of any task includes the result obtained by passing the output of the first model through the first four tasks (i.e., the output of one or more tasks in the fourth task set). For example, in the fifth task set, the input of task 11 includes the result obtained by passing the output of the first model through tasks 1, 5, 8, 9, and 10. That is, the input of task 11 may include the result obtained by passing the output of the first model through the tasks in the four task sets (i.e., task 1, 5, 8, 9, and 10).
可选地,该P个任务集合中的第i+1个任务集合中的任一个任务的输入,包括该P个任务集合中的第i个任务集合中的一个或多个任务的输出;可以理解为,该P个任务集合中的第j个任务集合中的任一个任务的输入,包括该第一模型的输出经过j-1个处理过程后得到的结果,该j-1次处理过程分别包括第j个任务集合之前的j-1个任务集合中每个任务集合中的一个或多个任务的处理,j的取值为1至P。Optionally, the input of any task in the i+1th task set among the P task sets includes the output of one or more tasks in the i-th task set among the P task sets; it can be understood that the input of any task in the j-th task set among the P task sets includes the result obtained after the output of the first model has undergone j-1 processing processes, and the j-1 processing processes respectively include the processing of one or more tasks in each task set in the j-1 task sets before the j-th task set, and the value of j is 1 to P.
例如,在图4b所示示例中,对于第3(j=3)个任务集合中的任务8而言,第一模型的输出经过2(j-1=2)次处理过程后得到的结果,该2次处理过程分别包含于第3(j=3)个任务集合之前的2(j-1=2)个任务集合中每个任务集合中的一个或多个任务的处理。即该2次处理过程分别为第1(j-2=1)个任务集合中的任务1的处理以及第2(j-1=2)个任务集合中的任务1的处理。For example, in the example shown in FIG4b, for task 8 in the 3rd (j=3) task set, the output of the first model is processed 2 (j-1=2) times, and the two processing processes are respectively included in the processing of one or more tasks in each of the 2 (j-1=2) task sets before the 3rd (j=3) task set. That is, the two processing processes are the processing of task 1 in the 1st (j-2=1) task set and the processing of task 1 in the 2nd (j-1=2) task set.
又如,在图4b所示示例中,对于第4(j=4)个任务集合中的任务9而言,第一模型的输出经过3(j-1=3)次处理过程后得到的结果,该3次处理过程分别包含于第4(j=4)个任务集合之前的3(j-1=3)个任务集合中每个任务集合中的一个或多个任务的处理。即该3次处理过程分别为第1(j-3=1)个任务集合中的任务1的处理、第2(j-2=2)个任务集合中的任务1的处理以及第3(j-1=3)个任务集合中的任务8的处理。For another example, in the example shown in FIG4b, for task 9 in the 4th (j=4) task set, the output of the first model is processed 3 (j-1=3) times, and the 3 processing processes are respectively included in the processing of one or more tasks in each of the 3 (j-1=3) task sets before the 4th (j=4) task set. That is, the 3 processing processes are the processing of task 1 in the 1st (j-3=1) task set, the processing of task 1 in the 2nd (j-2=2) task set, and the processing of task 8 in the 3rd (j-1=3) task set.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一通信装置在步骤S302中发送第二信息的过程,包括:在该M个任务中的一个或多个任务的性能低于或等于阈值时,该第一通信装置发送该第二信息。具体地,第一通信装置在接收指示M个任务的第一信息之后,该第一通信装置可以获得该M个任务对应的性能,并在该M个任务中的一个或多个任务的性能低于或等于阈值的情况下,发送用于指示该一个或多个任务的性能的第二信息,以便于该第二信息的接收方能够通过该第二信息确定性能劣化的任务。In one possible implementation, the process of the first communication device sending the second information in step S302 includes: when the performance of one or more tasks among the M tasks is lower than or equal to a threshold, the first communication device sending the second information. Specifically, after receiving the first information indicating the M tasks, the first communication device may obtain the performance corresponding to the M tasks, and when the performance of one or more tasks among the M tasks is lower than or equal to the threshold, the first communication device may send the second information indicating the performance of the one or more tasks, so that a recipient of the second information can identify the task with degraded performance through the second information.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一通信装置在步骤S302中发送第二信息还用于该M个任务中的一个或多个任务的标识。具体地,第二信息可以用于指示M个任务中的一个或多个任务的性能,相应的,第二信息还可以用于指示该一个或多个任务。通过这种方式,使得第二信息的接收方能够基于该第二信息确定M个任务中的一个或多个任务,并明确该第二信息指示的性能为该M个任务中的一个或多个任务的性能。In one possible implementation, the second information sent by the first communication device in step S302 is also used to identify one or more tasks in the M tasks. Specifically, the second information can be used to indicate the performance of one or more tasks in the M tasks, and accordingly, the second information can also be used to indicate the one or more tasks. In this way, the recipient of the second information can determine one or more tasks in the M tasks based on the second information, and clearly understand that the performance indicated by the second information is the performance of one or more tasks in the M tasks.
应理解,第二信息指示M个任务中的一个或多个任务的方式,可以参考第一信息指示M个任务中的一个或多个任务的方式。例如,该第二信息可以包括M个标识、T个索引等。It should be understood that the second information may indicate one or more tasks in the M tasks in a manner similar to the manner in which the first information indicates one or more tasks in the M tasks. For example, the second information may include M identifiers, T indexes, and the like.
基于图3所示技术方案,第一通信装置在步骤S301中接收用于指示M个任务的第一信息之后,该第一通信装置可以步骤S302中发送第二信息,并通过该第二信息指示该M个任务中的一个或多个任务的性能。换言之,第一通信装置可以部署第一模型,并基于第一信息的指示实现对第一模型的输出所实现的任务性能进行测量和/或反馈。从而,使得通信节点的算力能够处理模型以及模型的下游任务(和/或下游模型)的同时,也能够实现性能测量和/或性能反馈,并实现性能反馈。Based on the technical solution shown in Figure 3, after the first communication device receives the first information indicating M tasks in step S301, the first communication device can send the second information in step S302, and indicate the performance of one or more tasks in the M tasks through the second information. In other words, the first communication device can deploy the first model and measure and/or feedback the task performance achieved by the output of the first model based on the indication of the first information. Thereby, the computing power of the communication node can process the model and the downstream tasks (and/or downstream models) of the model while also being able to achieve performance measurement and/or performance feedback, and achieve performance feedback.
此外,在第一信息指示的M个任务中,任一任务的输入是基于第一模型的输出确定的,即该第一模型的输出可以用于执行一个或多个任务。在上述技术方案中,第一通信装置可以基于第一信息的指示对第一模型对应的M个任务的性能进行测量和/或反馈,能够提升方案实现灵活性的同时,也使得在第一模型具备下游任务的场景中,能够实现对该下游任务的性能测量和/或反馈的指示。In addition, among the M tasks indicated by the first information, the input of any task is determined based on the output of the first model, that is, the output of the first model can be used to execute one or more tasks. In the above technical solution, the first communication device can measure and/or provide feedback on the performance of the M tasks corresponding to the first model based on the indication of the first information. This can improve the flexibility of the solution implementation while also enabling the first model to provide an indication of performance measurement and/or feedback of the downstream task in scenarios where the first model has downstream tasks.
在图3所示方法中,第二通信装置在步骤S301中发送的用于指示M个任务的第一信息可以通过多种方式实现,下面将通过一些实现示例进行说明。In the method shown in FIG3 , the first information for indicating the M tasks sent by the second communication device in step S301 can be implemented in a variety of ways, which will be described below with reference to some implementation examples.
实现示例一,第一信息包括M个标识,该M个标识分别用于指示该M个任务;该M个标识中的任一标识包括K个索引,其中,该K个索引中的第k个索引,用于指示P个任务集合中的前K个任务集合中的第k个任务集合中的一个或多个任务,k的取值为1至K,K为小于或等于P的正整数。Implementation example one, the first information includes M identifiers, which are respectively used to indicate the M tasks; any identifier among the M identifiers includes K indexes, wherein the kth index among the K indexes is used to indicate one or more tasks in the kth task set among the first K task sets in P task sets, and the value of k is 1 to K, and K is a positive integer less than or equal to P.
应理解,M个标识分别用于指示M个任务,可以理解为,M个标识与M个任务一一对应,和/或,M个标识中的第m个标识用于指示该M个任务中的第m个任务,m取值为1至M。It should be understood that the M identifiers are used to indicate M tasks respectively. It can be understood that the M identifiers correspond one-to-one to the M tasks, and/or the mth identifier among the M identifiers is used to indicate the mth task among the M tasks, and m takes a value of 1 to M.
在实现示例一中,第一通信装置接收的第一信息可以包括分别用于指示该M个任务的M个标识。其中,在P个任务集合中,该任一标识指示的任务可以表示为P个任务集合中的第K(K为小于或等于P的整数)个任务集合中的任务。并且,该M个标识中的任一标识可以包括K个索引,以通过该K个索引分别指示K个任务集合中每个任务集合包含的一个或多个任务。In implementation example 1, the first information received by the first communication device may include M identifiers respectively used to indicate the M tasks. Among the P task sets, the task indicated by any one of the identifiers may be represented as a task in the Kth (K is an integer less than or equal to P) task set among the P task sets. Furthermore, any one of the M identifiers may include K indexes, so as to indicate one or more tasks contained in each task set in the K task sets through the K indexes.
可选地,在实现示例一中,该任一标识还包括该第一模型的标识。具体地,第一通信装置可以部署一个或多个第一模型,相应的,每个第一模型都可能有下游任务。为此,在用于指示M个任务的M个标识中,任一标识还可以包括第一模型的标识。通过这种方式,使得第一信息能够实现对一个或多个第一模型对应的下游任务的指示。Optionally, in implementation example 1, any identifier also includes the identifier of the first model. Specifically, the first communication device can deploy one or more first models, and accordingly, each first model may have downstream tasks. To this end, among the M identifiers used to indicate M tasks, any identifier can also include the identifier of the first model. In this way, the first information can indicate the downstream tasks corresponding to one or more first models.
作为实现示例一的一种应用示例,以第一模型的输出为MPC,M的取值为7且M个任务分别为图4a所示的任务1至任务7为例,上述第一信息的实现可以通过下述表2所示方式实现。As an application example of implementation example 1, taking the output of the first model as MPC, the value of M being 7 and the M tasks being tasks 1 to 7 as shown in FIG4 a , the implementation of the above-mentioned first information can be achieved by the method shown in the following Table 2.
表2
Table 2
在表1中,任务1至任务7分别对应的标识为“100”“101”“110”“111”“1000”“1010”“1011”。每个标识的第一个比特为“第一模型”的标识。例如,某个标识的第一个比特的取值为0的情况下,该标识可以理解为用于指示第一模型;某个标识的第一个比特的取值为1的情况下,该标识可以理解为用于指示第一模型的下游任务。In Table 1, the identifiers corresponding to tasks 1 through 7 are "100," "101," "110," "111," "1000," "1010," and "1011," respectively. The first bit of each identifier indicates the "first model." For example, if the first bit of an identifier is 0, the identifier can be understood as indicating the first model; if the first bit of an identifier is 1, the identifier can be understood as indicating the downstream task of the first model.
对于第一模型的标识“0”而言,如果该第一通信装置在步骤S301中接收的第一信息包含该标识“0”,则该第一通信装置可以确定该第一信息指示第一模型,后续第一通信装置在步骤S302中发送的第二信息可以包含该第一模的性能,例如该第二信息可以包含多径误差,即通过多径误差的取值表征该任务1的性能。For the identifier "0" of the first model, if the first information received by the first communication device in step S301 contains the identifier "0", the first communication device can determine that the first information indicates the first model, and the second information sent by the first communication device in step S302 can include the performance of the first model. For example, the second information can include multipath error, that is, the performance of task 1 is characterized by the value of the multipath error.
对于任务1的标识“100”而言,K个索引的取值为第一个比特之后的“00”,即K=1,且该1个索引占用2个比特。相应的,如果第一通信装置在步骤S301中接收的第一信息包含该标识“100”,则该第一通信装置可以确定该第一信息指示的M个任务包含任务1(即信道预测),后续第一通信装置在步骤S302中发送的第二信息如果包含该任务1的性能的情况下,该第二信息可以包含CSI归一化均方误差(normalized mean square error,NMSE),即通过CSI NMSE的取值表征该任务1的性能。For the identifier "100" of task 1, the value of the K indexes is "00" after the first bit, that is, K = 1, and the 1 index occupies 2 bits. Accordingly, if the first information received by the first communication device in step S301 includes the identifier "100", the first communication device can determine that the M tasks indicated by the first information include task 1 (i.e., channel prediction). If the second information subsequently sent by the first communication device in step S302 includes the performance of task 1, the second information can include the CSI normalized mean square error (NMSE), that is, the performance of task 1 is characterized by the value of the CSI NMSE.
对于任务2的标识“101”而言,K个索引的取值为第一个比特之后的“01”,即K=1,且该K(K=1)个索引占用2个比特。相应的,如果该第一通信装置在步骤S301中接收的第一信息包含该标识“101”,则该第一通信装置可以确定该第一信息指示的M个任务包含任务2(即PMI预测),后续第一通信装置在步骤S302中发送的第二信息如果包含该任务2的性能的情况下,该第二信息可以包含PMI平方广义余弦相似度(squared generalized cosine similarity,SGCS),即通过PMI SGCS的取值表征该任务2的性能。For the identifier "101" of task 2, the values of the K indexes are "01" after the first bit, that is, K=1, and the K (K=1) indexes occupy 2 bits. Accordingly, if the first information received by the first communication device in step S301 includes the identifier "101", the first communication device can determine that the M tasks indicated by the first information include task 2 (i.e., PMI prediction). If the second information subsequently sent by the first communication device in step S302 includes the performance of task 2, the second information can include PMI squared generalized cosine similarity (SGCS), that is, the performance of task 2 is characterized by the value of PMI SGCS.
对于任务3的标识“110”而言,K个索引的取值为第一个比特之后的“10”,即K=1,且该K(K=1)个索引占用2个比特。相应的,如果该第一通信装置在步骤S301中接收的第一信息包含该标识“110”,则该第一通信装置可以确定该第一信息指示的M个任务包含任务3(即损耗预测),后续第一通信装置在步骤S302中发送的第二信息如果包含该任务3的性能的情况下,该第二信息可以包含路径损耗误差,即通过路径损耗误差的取值表征该任务3的性能。For the identifier "110" of Task 3, the value of the K indexes is "10" after the first bit, that is, K = 1, and the K (K = 1) indexes occupy 2 bits. Accordingly, if the first information received by the first communication device in step S301 includes the identifier "110", the first communication device can determine that the M tasks indicated by the first information include Task 3 (i.e., loss prediction). If the second information subsequently sent by the first communication device in step S302 includes the performance of Task 3, the second information may include a path loss error, that is, the performance of Task 3 is characterized by the value of the path loss error.
对于任务4的标识“111”而言,K个索引的取值为第一个比特之后的“11”,即K=1,且该K(K=1)个索引占用2个比特。相应的,如果该第一通信装置在步骤S301中接收的第一信息包含该标识“111”,则该第一通信装置可以确定该第一信息指示的M个任务包含任务4(即直视路径LoS预测),后续第一通信装置在步骤S302中发送的第二信息如果包含该任务4的性能的情况下,该第二信息可以包含LOS检测准确率,即通过LOS检测准确率的取值表征该任务4的性能。For the identifier "111" of task 4, the value of the K indexes is "11" after the first bit, that is, K = 1, and the K (K = 1) indexes occupy 2 bits. Accordingly, if the first information received by the first communication device in step S301 includes the identifier "111", the first communication device can determine that the M tasks indicated by the first information include task 4 (i.e., line-of-sight path LoS prediction). If the second information subsequently sent by the first communication device in step S302 includes the performance of task 4, the second information can include the LOS detection accuracy rate, that is, the performance of task 4 is characterized by the value of the LOS detection accuracy rate.
对于任务5的标识“1000”而言,K个索引的取值为第一个比特之后的“1000”,即K=2,且该K(K=2)K个索引的第一个索引占用2个比特,第二个索引占用1个比特。相应的,如果该第一通信装置在步骤S301中接收的第一信息包含该标识“1000”,则该第一通信装置可以确定该第一信息指示的M个任务包含任务5(即MCS预测),后续第一通信装置在步骤S302中发送的第二信息如果包含该任务5的性能的情况下,该第二信息可以包含MCS准确率,即通过MCS准确率的取值表征该任务5的性能。For the identifier "1000" of Task 5, the value of the K indexes is "1000" after the first bit, that is, K = 2, and the first index of the K (K = 2)K indexes occupies 2 bits, and the second index occupies 1 bit. Accordingly, if the first information received by the first communication device in step S301 includes the identifier "1000", the first communication device can determine that the M tasks indicated by the first information include Task 5 (i.e., MCS prediction). If the second information subsequently sent by the first communication device in step S302 includes the performance of Task 5, the second information can include the MCS accuracy rate, that is, the performance of Task 5 is characterized by the value of the MCS accuracy rate.
对于任务6的标识“1010”而言,K个索引的取值为第一个比特之后的“1010”,即K=2,且该K(K=2)K个索引的第一个索引占用2个比特,第二个索引占用1个比特。相应的,如果该第一通信装置在步骤S301中接收的第一信息包含该标识“1010”,则该第一通信装置可以确定该第一信息指示的M个任务包含任务6(即波束预测),后续第一通信装置在步骤S302中发送的第二信息如果包含该任务6的性能的情况下,该第二信息可以包含波束准确率,即通过波束准确率的取值表征该任务6的性能。For the identifier "1010" of Task 6, the value of the K indexes is "1010" after the first bit, that is, K = 2, and the first index of the K (K = 2)K indexes occupies 2 bits, and the second index occupies 1 bit. Accordingly, if the first information received by the first communication device in step S301 includes the identifier "1010", the first communication device can determine that the M tasks indicated by the first information include Task 6 (i.e., beam prediction). If the second information subsequently sent by the first communication device in step S302 includes the performance of Task 6, the second information can include the beam accuracy rate, that is, the performance of Task 6 is characterized by the value of the beam accuracy rate.
对于任务7的标识“1011”而言,K个索引的取值为第一个比特之后的“1011”,即K=2,且该K(K=2)K个索引的第一个索引占用2个比特,第二个索引占用1个比特。相应的,如果该第一通信装置在步骤S301中接收的第一信息包含该标识“1011”,则该第一通信装置可以确定该第一信息指示的M个任务包含任务7(即波束预测),后续第一通信装置在步骤S302中发送的第二信息如果包含该任务7的性能的情况下,该第二信息可以包含波束参考信号接收功率(reference signal received power,RSRP)误差,即通过波束RSRP误差的取值表征该任务7的性能。For the identifier "1011" of task 7, the value of the K indexes is "1011" after the first bit, that is, K=2, and the first index of the K(K=2)K indexes occupies 2 bits, and the second index occupies 1 bit. Accordingly, if the first information received by the first communication device in step S301 includes the identifier "1011", the first communication device can determine that the M tasks indicated by the first information include task 7 (i.e., beam prediction). If the second information subsequently sent by the first communication device in step S302 includes the performance of task 7, the second information can include a beam reference signal received power (RSRP) error, that is, the performance of task 7 is characterized by the value of the beam RSRP error.
实现示例二,第一信息包括T个索引,该T个索引指示的任务为该M个任务,该T个索引分别指示P个任务集合中的T个任务集合,T为小于或等于P的正整数;该T个索引中的第t个索引用于指示该T个任务集合中的第t个任务集合所包含的0个或一个或多个任务,t为小于T的正整数。Implementation example two, the first information includes T indexes, the tasks indicated by the T indexes are the M tasks, the T indexes respectively indicate T task sets in the P task sets, and T is a positive integer less than or equal to P; the tth index in the T indexes is used to indicate 0 or one or more tasks contained in the tth task set in the T task sets, and t is a positive integer less than T.
在实现示例二中,第一模型的下游的N个任务可以包含于P个任务集合,相应的,N个任务中的M个任务可以包含于P个任务集合中的T个任务集合。其中,用于指示M个任务的第一信息可以包括T个索引,该T个索引分别用于指示T个任务集合中的每个任务集合的0个或一个或多个任务,通过这种方式,使得第一信息能够通过该T个任务集合中各个任务集合所包含的任务指示M个任务。In implementation example 2, the N tasks downstream of the first model may be included in P task sets, and correspondingly, M tasks out of the N tasks may be included in T task sets out of the P task sets. The first information for indicating the M tasks may include T indexes, where the T indexes are respectively used to indicate 0 or one or more tasks of each task set in the T task sets. In this way, the first information can indicate the M tasks through the tasks included in each task set in the T task sets.
可选地,在实现示例二中,该第一信息还包括该第一模型的标识。具体地,第一信息除了包括T个索引之外,该第一信息还可以包括第一模型的标识。其中,第一通信装置可以部署一个或多个第一模型,相应的,每个第一模型都可能有下游任务。为此,在用于指示M个任务的第一信息中,该第一信息还可以包括第一模型的标识。通过这种方式,使得第一信息能够实现对一个或多个第一模型对应的下游任务的指示。Optionally, in implementation example two, the first information also includes an identifier of the first model. Specifically, in addition to T indexes, the first information may also include an identifier of the first model. The first communication device may deploy one or more first models, and accordingly, each first model may have downstream tasks. To this end, in the first information for indicating M tasks, the first information may also include an identifier of the first model. In this way, the first information can indicate downstream tasks corresponding to one or more first models.
可选地,在实现示例二中,该T个索引满足以下至少一项:在该T个索引中的第t个索引中,第一个比特的取值用于指示该第一信息是否包括第t+x个索引,x的取值为1至T-t;或,在该T个索引中的第t个索引中,该第t个索引的取值为预设取值时,该第t个索引用于指示第t个任务集合包含的任务(或所有任务)。从而,在该T个索引中的第t个索引中,第一个比特的取值用于指示该第一信息是否包括第t+x个索引的情况下,使得第一通信装置能够基于第t个索引中的第一个比特的取值确定是否需要解析第t+x个索引,能够降低实现复杂度,以避免不必要的开销。Optionally, in implementation example 2, the T indexes satisfy at least one of the following: in the t-th index among the T indexes, the value of the first bit is used to indicate whether the first information includes the t+x-th index, and the value of x is 1 to T-t; or, in the t-th index among the T indexes, when the value of the t-th index is a preset value, the t-th index is used to indicate the tasks (or all tasks) included in the t-th task set. Thus, in the case where the value of the first bit in the t-th index among the T indexes is used to indicate whether the first information includes the t+x-th index, the first communication device can determine whether it is necessary to parse the t+x-th index based on the value of the first bit in the t-th index, which can reduce implementation complexity and avoid unnecessary overhead.
此外,在该T个索引中的第t个索引中,该第t个索引的取值为预设取值时,该第t个索引用于指示第p个任务集合包含的任务。通过这种方式,能够通过一个标识的特殊取值实现对该标识对应的一个或多个任务的指示,以降低开销。In addition, when the value of the t-th index in the T indexes is a preset value, the t-th index is used to indicate the tasks included in the p-th task set. In this way, one or more tasks corresponding to an identifier can be indicated by a special value of the identifier, thereby reducing overhead.
示例性的,该第t个索引的取值为预设取值,可以理解为,该第t个索引包含的多个比特中,除了第一个比特之外的其它比特的取值为预设取值(例如全0或全1等);或者,该第t个索引包含的多个比特中,该多个比特的取值为预设取值。Exemplarily, the value of the t-th index is a preset value, which can be understood as, among the multiple bits contained in the t-th index, the values of the other bits except the first bit are preset values (for example, all 0s or all 1s, etc.); or, among the multiple bits contained in the t-th index, the values of the multiple bits are preset values.
下面将以图4b所示场景为例,在第一信息指示的M个任务为4个任务(分别为任务1、任务2、任务5、任务9)的情况下,对T个索引的多种实现方式进行描述。The following describes various implementations of T indexes by taking the scenario shown in FIG4b as an example, where the M tasks indicated by the first information are 4 tasks (task 1, task 2, task 5, and task 9).
作为实现示例二的一种应用示例,T的取值与P的取值相等。即第一信息可以包括4(T=P=4)个索引,该4个索引可以通过下述表3所示方式实现。As an application example of implementation example 2, the value of T is equal to the value of P. That is, the first information may include 4 (T=P=4) indexes, and the 4 indexes may be implemented in the manner shown in Table 3 below.
表3
Table 3
如表3所示,第一信息可以包括T个索引,分别如下:As shown in Table 3, the first information may include T indexes, which are as follows:
第一个索引对应于图4b中的第1个任务集合,并且,该第一个索引的取值用于指示任务1和任务2。The first index corresponds to the first task set in FIG4 b , and the value of the first index is used to indicate task 1 and task 2 .
第二个索引对应于图4b中的第2个任务集合,并且,该第二个索引的取值用于指示任务5。The second index corresponds to the second task set in FIG4 b , and the value of the second index is used to indicate task 5 .
第三个索引对应于图4b中的第3个任务集合,并且,该第三个索引的取值用于指示M个任务不包含该第三个任务集合中的任一任务。The third index corresponds to the third task set in FIG4 b , and the value of the third index is used to indicate that the M tasks do not include any task in the third task set.
第四个索引对应于图4b中的第4个任务集合,并且,该第四个索引的取值用于指示任务9。The fourth index corresponds to the fourth task set in FIG4 b , and the value of the fourth index is used to indicate task 9 .
下面将以第一个索引为例进行示例性说明。The following will take the first index as an example for illustration.
实现方式一,该第一个索引需要指示任务1至任务4中的一个或多个任务,相应的,该第一个索引可以包括4个比特,通过位图(bitmap)的方式指示该任务1至任务4。例如,该4个比特中的第i个比特的取值为1时,可以指示M个任务包括该第i个比特对应的第i个任务;反之,该4个比特中的第i个比特的取值为0时,可以指示M个任务不包括该第i个比特对应的第i个任务。在上述示例中,第一个索引中的4个比特的取值可以为“1100”。In a first implementation, the first index needs to indicate one or more tasks from Task 1 to Task 4. Accordingly, the first index may include four bits, indicating Task 1 to Task 4 via a bitmap. For example, when the value of the i-th bit in the four bits is 1, it may indicate that the M tasks include the i-th task corresponding to the i-th bit; conversely, when the value of the i-th bit in the four bits is 0, it may indicate that the M tasks do not include the i-th task corresponding to the i-th bit. In the above example, the value of the four bits in the first index may be "1100."
可选地,在第一个索引中,第一个比特的取值还可以用于指示该第一信息是否包括第1+x(x为1至3)个索引。相应的,该第一个索引可以包括5个比特,取值为“11100”。其中,第一个比特的取值为“1”用于指示该第一信息包括第2个索引、第3个索引、第4个索引中的至少一个索引。后四个比特的取值为“1100”,其含义如上述描述。Optionally, in the first index, the value of the first bit can also be used to indicate whether the first information includes the 1+xth index (x is 1 to 3). Accordingly, the first index can include 5 bits, with a value of "11100". Among them, the value of the first bit is "1" to indicate that the first information includes at least one index among the second index, the third index, and the fourth index. The values of the last four bits are "1100", and their meanings are as described above.
实现方式二,该第一个索引需要指示任务1至任务4中的一个或多个任务,一共存在15种情况,相应的,至少通过四个比特可以分别指示该15种情况,分别如下:In the second implementation, the first index needs to indicate one or more tasks from task 1 to task 4. There are 15 situations in total. Accordingly, at least four bits can be used to indicate the 15 situations, respectively, as follows:
情况1、指示M个任务包含任务1,例如该四个比特的取值为0001;Case 1: Indicates that M tasks include task 1, for example, the value of the four bits is 0001;
情况2、指示M个任务包含任务2,例如该四个比特的取值为0010;Case 2: Indicates that M tasks include task 2, for example, the values of the four bits are 0010;
情况3、指示M个任务包含任务3,例如该四个比特的取值为0011;Case 3: Indicates that M tasks include task 3, for example, the values of the four bits are 0011;
情况4、指示M个任务包含任务4,例如该四个比特的取值为0100;Case 4: indicating that the M tasks include task 4, for example, the values of the four bits are 0100;
情况5、指示M个任务包含任务1和任务2,例如该四个比特的取值为0101;Case 5: Indicates that the M tasks include Task 1 and Task 2. For example, the values of the four bits are 0101.
情况6、指示M个任务包含任务1和任务3,例如该四个比特的取值为0110;Case 6: Indicates that the M tasks include task 1 and task 3, for example, the values of the four bits are 0110;
情况7、指示M个任务包含任务1和任务4,例如该四个比特的取值为0111;Case 7: indicating that the M tasks include task 1 and task 4, for example, the values of the four bits are 0111;
情况8、指示M个任务包含任务2和任务3,例如该四个比特的取值为1000;Case 8: Indicates that the M tasks include Task 2 and Task 3. For example, the value of the four bits is 1000.
情况9、指示M个任务包含任务2和任务4,例如该四个比特的取值为1001;Case 9: indicating that the M tasks include task 2 and task 4, for example, the value of the four bits is 1001;
情况10、指示M个任务包含任务3和任务4,例如该四个比特的取值为1010;Case 10: indicating that the M tasks include task 3 and task 4, for example, the value of the four bits is 1010;
情况11、指示M个任务包含任务1、任务2和任务3,例如该四个比特的取值为1011;Case 11: indicating that the M tasks include task 1, task 2, and task 3, for example, the values of the four bits are 1011;
情况12、指示M个任务包含任务1、任务3和任务4,例如该四个比特的取值为1100;Case 12: indicating that the M tasks include task 1, task 3, and task 4, for example, the value of the four bits is 1100;
情况13、指示M个任务包含任务1、任务2和任务4,例如该四个比特的取值为1101;Case 13: indicating that the M tasks include task 1, task 2, and task 4, for example, the values of the four bits are 1101;
情况14、指示M个任务包含任务2、任务3和任务4,例如该四个比特的取值为1110;Case 14: indicating that the M tasks include task 2, task 3, and task 4, for example, the values of the four bits are 1110;
情况15、指示M个任务包含任务1、任务2、任务3和任务4,例如该四个比特的取值为1111。Case 15: Indicates that the M tasks include task 1, task 2, task 3, and task 4. For example, the values of the four bits are 1111.
在上述示例中,第一个索引中的4个比特的取值可以为“0101”。In the above example, the value of the 4 bits in the first index may be "0101".
可选地,在第一个索引中,第一个比特的取值还可以用于指示该第一信息是否包括第1+x(x为1至3)个索引。相应的,该第一个索引可以包括5个比特,取值为“10101”。其中,第一个比特的取值为“1”用于指示该第一信息包括第2个索引、第3个索引、第4个索引中的至少一个索引。后四个比特的取值为“0101”,其含义如上述描述。Optionally, in the first index, the value of the first bit can also be used to indicate whether the first information includes the 1+xth index (x is 1 to 3). Accordingly, the first index can include 5 bits, with a value of "10101". Among them, the value of the first bit is "1" to indicate that the first information includes at least one index among the second index, the third index, and the fourth index. The values of the last four bits are "0101", and their meanings are as described above.
实现方式三,该第一个索引指示任务1至任务4中的一个任务这四种情况,任务1至任务4全不选的情况,以及,任务1至任务4全选的情况,一共存在6种情况,相应的,至少通过三个比特可以分别指示该6种情况,分别如下:In implementation mode three, the first index indicates four situations: one of tasks 1 to 4, a situation where none of tasks 1 to 4 are selected, and a situation where all of tasks 1 to 4 are selected. There are a total of six situations. Accordingly, at least three bits can be used to indicate the six situations, respectively, as follows:
情况1、指示M个任务包含任务1,例如该四个比特的取值为001;Case 1: Indicates that M tasks include task 1, for example, the value of the four bits is 001;
情况2、指示M个任务包含任务2,例如该四个比特的取值为010;Case 2: Indicates that M tasks include task 2, for example, the values of the four bits are 010;
情况3、指示M个任务包含任务3,例如该四个比特的取值为011;Case 3: indicating that the M tasks include task 3, for example, the values of the four bits are 011;
情况4、指示M个任务包含任务4,例如该四个比特的取值为100;Case 4: indicating that the M tasks include task 4, for example, the value of the four bits is 100;
情况5、指示任务1至任务4全不选,例如该四个比特的取值为101;Case 5: Indicates that tasks 1 to 4 are all not selected, for example, the value of the four bits is 101;
情况6、指示任务1至任务4全选,例如该四个比特的取值为111。Case 6: Indicates that all tasks 1 to 4 are selected. For example, the value of the four bits is 111.
可选地,101和110为预留取值,可以用于指示其它信息。Optionally, 101 and 110 are reserved values and can be used to indicate other information.
实现方式四,该第一个索引指示任务1至任务4中的其中一个任务这四种情况,相应的,至少通过两个比特可以分别指示该4种情况,分别如下:In the fourth implementation, the first index indicates one of the tasks 1 to 4. Accordingly, at least two bits may be used to indicate the four situations, respectively, as follows:
情况1、指示M个任务包含任务1,例如该四个比特的取值为00;Case 1: Indicates that M tasks include task 1, for example, the value of the four bits is 00;
情况2、指示M个任务包含任务2,例如该四个比特的取值为01;Case 2: Indicates that the M tasks include task 2, for example, the values of the four bits are 01;
情况3、指示M个任务包含任务3,例如该四个比特的取值为10;Case 3: Indicates that M tasks include task 3, for example, the value of the four bits is 10;
情况4、指示M个任务包含任务4,例如该四个比特的取值为11。Case 4: Indicates that the M tasks include task 4, for example, the value of the four bits is 11.
此外,第一个索引除了包含若干个比特以实现对任务1至任务4的指示之外,第一个索引中的某个比特(例如第一个比特)可以用于指示第一信息是否包括第二个索引。例如,在该第一个索引中的第一个比特取值为0的情况下,第一通信装置可以确定第一信息不包含第二个索引以及第二个索引之后的其它标识;在该第一个索引中的第一个比特取值为1的情况下,第一通信装置可以确定第一信息包含第二个索引以及第二个索引之后的其它索引中的至少一个索引。In addition, in addition to including several bits to indicate tasks 1 to 4, a certain bit in the first index (e.g., the first bit) can be used to indicate whether the first information includes the second index. For example, when the value of the first bit in the first index is 0, the first communication device can determine that the first information does not include the second index and other identifiers after the second index; when the value of the first bit in the first index is 1, the first communication device can determine that the first information includes the second index and at least one of the other indexes after the second index.
作为实现示例二的一种应用示例,T的取值小于或等于P的取值。由于M个任务(即任务1、任务2、任务5、任务9)分别位于第一个任务集合、第二个任务集合以及第四个任务集合,为此,第一信息可以包括3(T=3)个索引,该3个索引可以通过下述表4所示方式实现。As an application example of implementation example 2, the value of T is less than or equal to the value of P. Since M tasks (i.e., task 1, task 2, task 5, and task 9) are located in the first task set, the second task set, and the fourth task set, respectively, the first information may include three (T=3) indexes, which can be implemented as shown in Table 4 below.
表4
Table 4
如表4所示,第一信息可以包括T个索引,分别如下:As shown in Table 4, the first information may include T indexes, which are as follows:
第一个索引对应于图4b中的第1个任务集合,并且,该第一个索引的取值用于指示任务1和任务2。The first index corresponds to the first task set in FIG4 b , and the value of the first index is used to indicate task 1 and task 2 .
第二个索引对应于图4b中的第2个任务集合,并且,该第二个索引的取值用于指示任务5。The second index corresponds to the second task set in FIG4 b , and the value of the second index is used to indicate task 5 .
第三个索引对应于图4b中的第4个任务集合,并且,该第四个索引的取值用于指示任务9。The third index corresponds to the fourth task set in FIG4 b , and the value of the fourth index is used to indicate task 9 .
需要说明的是,表4中各个索引的取值可以参考前文实现方式一和实现方式二中的实现方式。It should be noted that the values of the various indexes in Table 4 may refer to the implementation methods in the above implementation method 1 and implementation method 2.
实现示例三,第一信息包括M个标识,该M个标识分别用于指示该M个任务;在该M个标识中,不同标识的长度是相同的。In implementation example three, the first information includes M identifiers, and the M identifiers are respectively used to indicate the M tasks; among the M identifiers, lengths of different identifiers are the same.
在实现示例三中,第一信息可以通过M个等长的标识分别指示M个任务,即不同的任务均可以是通过等长的序列进行指示,通过这种方式,可以降低实现复杂度。In implementation example three, the first information can indicate M tasks respectively through M identifiers of equal length, that is, different tasks can be indicated by sequences of equal length. In this way, the implementation complexity can be reduced.
作为实现示例三的一种应用示例,以图4b所示场景为例,即第一信息可以包括10(N=10)个标识,该10个标识可以通过下述表5所示方式实现。As an application example of implementation example three, taking the scenario shown in FIG4b as an example, the first information may include 10 (N=10) identifiers, and the 10 identifiers may be implemented in the manner shown in Table 5 below.
表5
Table 5
在表5中,通过Q(Q为正整数)个比特的不同取值,可以实现对不同任务的指示。In Table 5, different tasks can be indicated by different values of Q (Q is a positive integer) bits.
作为一种示例,取值1至取值10中的任一取值均不相同的情况下,Q大于或等于4,即至少通过4个比特分别指示十个不同的取值。As an example, when any value from 1 to 10 is different, Q is greater than or equal to 4, that is, at least 4 bits are used to indicate ten different values.
作为另一种示例,取值1至5相同,取值6至取值10相同的情况下,Q大于或等于1,即至少通过1个比特分别指示两个不同的取值。换言之,在这种情况下,第一信息可以用于指示M个任务是否包含任务1至任务5,以及M个任务是否包含任务6至任务10。As another example, if the values 1 to 5 are the same, and the values 6 to 10 are the same, then Q is greater than or equal to 1, meaning that at least one bit indicates two different values. In other words, in this case, the first information can be used to indicate whether the M tasks include tasks 1 to 5, and whether the M tasks include tasks 6 to 10.
请参阅图5,为本申请提供的通信方法的另一个实现示意图,该方法包括如下步骤。Please refer to FIG5 , which is another schematic diagram of an implementation of the communication method provided in this application. The method includes the following steps.
S501.第二通信装置发送第三信息,相应的,第一通信装置接收该第三信息。其中,该第三信息用于指示M个模型,M为正整数。并且,该M个模型中的任一模型是基于第二模型得到的。S501. The second communication device sends third information, and the first communication device receives the third information accordingly. The third information indicates M models, where M is a positive integer. Any of the M models is obtained based on the second model.
可选地,第一通信装置在步骤S501中接收的第三信息,可以用于指示对M个模型的性能进行下述一项或多项操作:测量、测试、监测、评估、度量、反馈、上报、上传、或、提交。Optionally, the third information received by the first communication device in step S501 may be used to instruct one or more of the following operations to be performed on the performance of the M models: measurement, testing, monitoring, evaluation, measurement, feedback, reporting, uploading, or submission.
S502.第一通信装置发送第四信息,相应的,第二通信装置接收该第四信息。其中,该第四信息用于指示该M个模型中的一个或多个模型的性能。S502: The first communication device sends fourth information, and correspondingly, the second communication device receives the fourth information, wherein the fourth information is used to indicate the performance of one or more models in the M models.
应理解,M个模型中的任一模型是基于第二模型确定的,可以理解为,该M个模型的任一模型是基于该第二模型经过一次或多次的模型处理得到的。其中,该一次或多次的模型处理中的任一处理,可以为模型微调、模型蒸馏、模型剪枝、模型压缩、模型融合或者其他模型处理。It should be understood that any one of the M models is determined based on the second model, which can be understood as any one of the M models being obtained based on the second model through one or more model processings. Any of the one or more model processings can be model fine-tuning, model distillation, model pruning, model compression, model fusion, or other model processing.
可选地,模型的性能可以包括模型(或模型的输出)的准确率,精度,处理速度中的一项或多项。Optionally, the performance of the model may include one or more of the accuracy, precision, and processing speed of the model (or the output of the model).
需要说明的是,第四信息可以通过多种方式指示一个或多个模型的性能。It should be noted that the fourth information may indicate the performance of one or more models in various ways.
例如,第一通信装置可以在本地执行该一个或多个模型并获得该一个或多个模型的输出之后,基于该一个或多个模型的输出确定该一个或多个模型的性能,并且,第一通信装置发送的该第四信息可以包括用于指示或表征该一个或多个模型的性能的信息。For example, the first communication device may determine the performance of the one or more models based on the output of the one or more models after locally executing the one or more models and obtaining the output of the one or more models, and the fourth information sent by the first communication device may include information for indicating or characterizing the performance of the one or more models.
又如,第一通信装置可以在本地执行该一个或多个模型并获得该一个或多个模型的输出之后,第一通信装置发送的该第四信息可以包括该一个或多个模型的输出;后续该第二信息的接收方能够基于该一个或多个模型的输出确定该一个或多个模型的性能。For another example, after the first communication device can locally execute the one or more models and obtain the output of the one or more models, the fourth information sent by the first communication device can include the output of the one or more models; subsequently, the recipient of the second information can determine the performance of the one or more models based on the output of the one or more models.
可选地,第二模型的输入可以通过多种方式实现,例如第一通信装置采集的环境参数,第一通信装置接收的来自其它通信装置(例如第二通信装置)的通信信号,第一通信装置本地预配置的信息中的一项或多项。Optionally, the input of the second model can be implemented in a variety of ways, such as environmental parameters collected by the first communication device, communication signals received by the first communication device from other communication devices (such as the second communication device), and one or more of the information pre-configured locally by the first communication device.
为了便于理解,下面将结合图6a所示示例,以M取值为8为例,对第二模型与M个模型之间的关系进行示例性说明。For ease of understanding, the relationship between the second model and the M models will be exemplarily explained below with reference to the example shown in FIG6 a and taking the value of M as 8.
在图6a所示示例中,模型1、模型2、模型3和模型4中任一模型可以是基于第二模型得到的,即这四个模型中任一模型可以是通过第二模型经过1次模型处理得到的。In the example shown in FIG6 a , any one of Model 1 , Model 2 , Model 3 and Model 4 can be obtained based on the second model, that is, any one of these four models can be obtained by processing the second model once.
在图6a所示示例中,模型5可以是基于模型1得到的,即模型5可以是通过第二模型经过2次模型处理得到的。In the example shown in FIG6 a , model 5 may be obtained based on model 1 , that is, model 5 may be obtained by performing two model processes using the second model.
在图6a所示示例中,模型6或模型7可以是基于模型2得到的,即模型6或模型7可以是通过第二模型经过2次模型处理得到的。In the example shown in FIG6 a , model 6 or model 7 may be obtained based on model 2 , that is, model 6 or model 7 may be obtained by performing two model processes on the second model.
在图6a所示示例中,模型8可以是基于模型5得到的,即模型8可以是通过第二模型经过3次模型处理得到的。In the example shown in FIG6 a , model 8 may be obtained based on model 5 , that is, model 8 may be obtained by processing the second model three times.
需要说明的是,M的取值可以为正整数,在M的取值为其他取值时,M个模型与第一模型之间的关系可以参考图6a所示示例。即在M个模型中,任一模型可以是第二模型经过1个或多个模型处理得到的。It should be noted that the value of M can be a positive integer. When M is other than a positive integer, the relationship between the M models and the first model can refer to the example shown in FIG6a. That is, among the M models, any model can be obtained by processing the second model through one or more models.
示例性的,该第一模型可以为无线预训练模型,预训练模型,或无线大模型等。Exemplarily, the first model may be a wireless pre-trained model, a pre-trained model, or a wireless large model, etc.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第二通信装置在步骤S501中发送的第三信息所指示的M个模型包含于N个模型,N为大于或等于M的整数;该N个模型对应于P个模型集合,该P个模型集合中的每个模型集合包括该N个模型中的一个或多个模型,该P个模型集合中的不同模型集合包含的模型不同;其中,该P个模型集合中的第i+1个模型集合中的任一个模型,是基于该P个模型集合中的第i个模型集合中的一个或多个模型确定的,P为正整数,i为1至P-1。In one possible implementation, the M models indicated by the third information sent by the second communication device in step S501 are included in N models, where N is an integer greater than or equal to M; the N models correspond to P model sets, each model set in the P model sets includes one or more models in the N models, and different model sets in the P model sets contain different models; wherein, any model in the i+1th model set in the P model sets is determined based on one or more models in the i-th model set in the P model sets, P is a positive integer, and i is 1 to P-1.
示例性的,以P大于2为例,在P个模型集合中,第1个模型集合包含的一个或多个模型中的任一模型是基于第二模型进行模型处理得到的,第2个模型集合包含的一个或多个模型中的任一模型是基于第1个模型集合中的一个或多个模型进行模型处理得到的...以此类推,第P个模型集合包含的一个或多个模型中的任一模型是基于第P-1个模型集合中的一个或多个模型进行模型处理得到的。换言之,P个模型集合也可以表述为P级模型集合,例如,在P级模型集合中,第1级模型集合包含的一个或多个模型中的任一模型是基于第二模型进行一次模型处理得到的,第2级模型集合包含的一个或多个模型中的任一模型是基于第1级模型集合中的一个或多个模型经过模型处理得到的...以此类推,第P级模型集合包含的一个或多个模型中的任一模型是基于第P-1级模型集合中的一个或多个模型进行模型处理得到的。Exemplarily, taking P as greater than 2, among the P model sets, any one of the one or more models included in the first model set is obtained by model processing based on the second model, and any one of the one or more models included in the second model set is obtained by model processing based on one or more models in the first model set... and so on, any one of the one or more models included in the P-th model set is obtained by model processing based on one or more models in the P-1-th model set. In other words, the P model sets can also be expressed as P-level model sets. For example, among the P-level model sets, any one of the one or more models included in the first-level model set is obtained by model processing based on the second model, and any one of the one or more models included in the second-level model set is obtained by model processing based on one or more models in the first-level model set... and so on, any one of the one or more models included in the P-th model set is obtained by model processing based on one or more models in the P-1-th model set.
具体地,在包含有M个模型的N个模型中,任一模型是基于第二模型确定的。其中,该任一模型可以是第二模型经过0次或1次或多次模型处理得到的,即该N个模型可以包括该第二模型的一级或多级的下游模型集合。使得第一信息能够在第二模型具备一级或多级的下游模型集合的场景下,实现对第二模型的下游模型的性能测量和/或反馈的指示。Specifically, among N models including M models, any one model is determined based on the second model. The any one model may be obtained by processing the second model zero times, one time, or multiple times, i.e., the N models may include a set of one or more downstream models of the second model. This enables the first information to provide an indication of performance measurement and/or feedback of downstream models of the second model in a scenario where the second model has a set of one or more downstream models.
可选地,该P个模型集合中的第i+1个模型集合中的任一个模型,是基于该P个模型集合中的第i个模型集合中的一个或多个模型确定的;可以理解为,该P个模型集合中的第p个模型集合中的任一个模型,是基于该第二模型经过p-1个处理过程后得到的,该p-1个处理过程包括第p个模型集合之前的p-1个模型集合中每个模型集合中的一个或多个模型对应的模型处理,p的取值为1至P。Optionally, any model in the i+1th model set among the P model sets is determined based on one or more models in the i-th model set among the P model sets; it can be understood that any model in the p-th model set among the P model sets is obtained based on the second model after p-1 processing processes, and the p-1 processing processes include model processing corresponding to one or more models in each model set in the p-1 model sets before the p-th model set, and the value of p is 1 to P.
为了便于理解,下面将结合图6b所示示例,以N的取值为11且M的取值为8为例,对第二模型与M个模型之间的关系进行示例性说明。For ease of understanding, the relationship between the second model and the M models will be exemplarily described below with reference to the example shown in FIG. 6 b , taking the value of N being 11 and the value of M being 8 as an example.
在图6b所示示例中,模型1至模型8的实现可以参考前文图6a及相关描述。In the example shown in FIG6 b , the implementation of Models 1 to 8 may refer to FIG6 a and related descriptions above.
在图6b所示示例中,模型9或模型10可以是基于模型8得到的,即模型9或模型10可以是通过模型8经过模型处理得到的。In the example shown in FIG6 b , model 9 or model 10 may be obtained based on model 8 , that is, model 9 or model 10 may be obtained by processing model 8 .
在图6b所示示例中,模型11可以是基于模型9和模型10得到的,即模型11可以是通过模型9和模型10经过模型处理得到的。In the example shown in FIG6 b , model 11 may be obtained based on model 9 and model 10 , that is, model 11 may be obtained by model processing of model 9 and model 10 .
此外,在图6b所示示例中,10(N=11)个模型可以对应于4(P=5)个模型集合。Furthermore, in the example shown in FIG6 b , 10 (N=11) models may correspond to 4 (P=5) model sets.
在第1个模型集合中,任一模型可以是基于第二模型得到的。例如,在该第1个模型集合中,模型1、模型2、模型3和模型4中的任一模型均为第二模型经过某一次模型处理得到的。In the first model set, any model can be obtained based on the second model. For example, in the first model set, any model among Model 1, Model 2, Model 3 and Model 4 is obtained by a certain model processing of the second model.
在i=1且i+1=2的情况下,在第2个模型集合中,任一模型可以是基于第二模型经过前一个模型集合中的一个或多个模型对应的模型处理得到的(即基于第1个模型集合中的一个或多个模型经过模型处理得到的)。例如,在该第2个模型集合中,模型5是基于第二模型经过模型1对应的模型处理得到的;模型6或模型7是基于第二模型经过模型2对应的模型处理得到的。When i=1 and i+1=2, in the second model set, any model can be obtained by processing the second model with the model corresponding to one or more models in the previous model set (i.e., by processing the model with one or more models in the first model set). For example, in the second model set, Model 5 is obtained by processing the second model with the model corresponding to Model 1; and Model 6 or Model 7 is obtained by processing the second model with the model corresponding to Model 2.
在i=2且i+1=3的情况下,在第3个模型集合中,任一模型可以是基于第二模型经过前2个模型集合中的一个或多个模型对应的模型处理得到的(即基于第2个模型集合中的一个或多个模型经过模型处理得到的)。例如,在该第3个模型集合中,模型8是基于第二模型经过模型1、模型5对应的模型处理得到的。When i=2 and i+1=3, in the third model set, any model can be obtained by processing the second model with the corresponding models of one or more models in the first two model sets (i.e., by processing the models of one or more models in the second model set). For example, in the third model set, model 8 is obtained by processing the second model with the corresponding models of models 1 and 5.
在i=3且i+1=4的情况下,在第4个模型集合中,任一模型可以是基于第二模型经过前3个模型集合中的一个或多个模型对应的模型处理得到的(即基于第3个模型集合中的一个或多个模型经过模型处理得到的)。例如,在该第4个模型集合中,模型9或模型10是基于第二模型经过模型1、模型5、模型8对应的模型处理得到的。When i=3 and i+1=4, in the fourth model set, any model can be obtained by processing the second model with the models corresponding to one or more models in the first three model sets (i.e., by processing the models based on one or more models in the third model set). For example, in the fourth model set, Model 9 or Model 10 is obtained by processing the second model with the models corresponding to Model 1, Model 5, and Model 8.
在i=4且i+1=5的情况下,在第5个模型集合中,任一模型可以是基于第二模型经过前4个模型集合中的一个或多个模型对应的模型处理得到的(即基于第4个模型集合中的一个或多个模型经过模型处理得到的)。例如,在该第5个模型集合中,模型11是基于第二模型经过模型1、模型5、模型8、模型9和模型10对应的模型处理得到的。When i=4 and i+1=5, in the fifth model set, any model can be obtained by processing the second model with the models corresponding to one or more models in the first four model sets (i.e., by processing the models based on one or more models in the fourth model set). For example, in the fifth model set, model 11 is obtained by processing the second model with the models corresponding to models 1, 5, 8, 9, and 10.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一通信装置在步骤S502中发送第四信息的过程包括:在该M个模型中的一个或多个模型的性能低于或等于阈值时,该第一通信装置发送该第四信息。具体地,第一通信装置在接收指示M个模型的第三信息之后,该第一通信装置可以获得该M个模型对应的性能,并在该M个模型中的一个或多个模型的性能低于或等于阈值的情况下,发送用于指示该一个或多个模型的性能的第四信息,以便于该第四信息的接收方能够通过该第四信息确定性能劣化的模型。In one possible implementation, the process of the first communication device sending the fourth information in step S502 includes: when the performance of one or more models among the M models is lower than or equal to a threshold, the first communication device sending the fourth information. Specifically, after receiving the third information indicating the M models, the first communication device may obtain the performance corresponding to the M models, and when the performance of one or more models among the M models is lower than or equal to the threshold, the first communication device may send fourth information indicating the performance of the one or more models, so that the recipient of the fourth information can determine the model with degraded performance through the fourth information.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一通信装置在步骤S502中发送的第四信息还可以用于指示该M个模型中的一个或多个模型。具体地,第四信息可以用于指示M个模型中的一个或多个模型的性能,相应的,第四信息还可以用于指示该一个或多个模型。通过这种方式,使得第四信息的接收方能够基于该第四信息确定M个模型中的一个或多个模型,并明确该第四信息指示的性能为该M个模型中的一个或多个模型的性能。In one possible implementation, the fourth information sent by the first communication device in step S502 may also be used to indicate one or more models among the M models. Specifically, the fourth information may be used to indicate the performance of one or more models among the M models, and accordingly, the fourth information may also be used to indicate the one or more models. In this way, the recipient of the fourth information can determine one or more models among the M models based on the fourth information, and clearly specify that the performance indicated by the fourth information is the performance of one or more models among the M models.
应理解,第四信息指示M个模型中的一个或多个模型的方式,可以参考第三信息指示M个模型中的一个或多个模型的方式。例如,该第四信息可以包括M个标识、T个索引等。It should be understood that the manner in which the fourth information indicates one or more models among the M models may refer to the manner in which the third information indicates one or more models among the M models. For example, the fourth information may include M identifiers, T indexes, and the like.
基于图5所示技术方案,第一通信装置在步骤S501中接收用于指示M个模型的第一信息之后,该第一通信装置可以步骤S502中发送第四信息,并通过该第四信息指示该M个模型中的一个或多个模型的性能。换言之,第一通信装置可以部署第二模型以及基于该第二模型得到的M个模型,并基于第一信息的指示实现对该M个模型的性能进行测量和/或反馈。从而,使得通信节点的算力能够处理模型以及模型的下游任务(和/或下游模型)的同时,也能够实现性能测量和/或性能反馈。Based on the technical solution shown in Figure 5, after the first communication device receives the first information indicating M models in step S501, the first communication device can send fourth information in step S502, and indicate the performance of one or more models in the M models through the fourth information. In other words, the first communication device can deploy the second model and M models obtained based on the second model, and measure and/or feedback the performance of the M models based on the indication of the first information. Thereby, the computing power of the communication node can process the model and the downstream tasks (and/or downstream models) of the model while also achieving performance measurement and/or performance feedback.
此外,在第一信息指示的M个模型中,任一模型是基于第二模型确定的,即该第二模型可以经过一次或多次的处理,生成该M个模型中的任一模型。在上述技术方案中,第一通信装置可以基于第一信息的指示对第二模型对应的M个模型的性能进行测量和/或反馈,能够提升方案实现灵活性的同时,也使得在第二模型具备下游模型的场景中,能够实现对该下游模型的性能测量和/或反馈的指示。In addition, among the M models indicated by the first information, any one of the models is determined based on the second model, that is, the second model can be processed once or multiple times to generate any one of the M models. In the above technical solution, the first communication device can measure and/or provide feedback on the performance of the M models corresponding to the second model based on the indication of the first information, which can improve the flexibility of the solution implementation and also enable the performance measurement and/or feedback of the downstream model to be indicated in the scenario where the second model has a downstream model.
在图5所示方法中,第二通信装置在步骤S501中发送的用于指示M个模型的第三信息可以通过多种方式实现,下面将通过一些实现示例进行说明。In the method shown in FIG. 5 , the third information for indicating the M models sent by the second communication device in step S501 can be implemented in a variety of ways, which will be described below with reference to some implementation examples.
实现示例A,该第三信息包括M个标识,该M个标识分别用于指示该M个模型;该M个标识中的任一标识包括K个索引;其中,该K个索引中的第k个索引,用于指示P个模型集合中的前K个模型集合中的第k个模型集合中的一个或多个模型对应的模型处理,k取值为1至K,K为小于或等于P的正整数。Implementation example A, the third information includes M identifiers, which are respectively used to indicate the M models; any identifier among the M identifiers includes K indexes; wherein, the kth index among the K indexes is used to indicate the model processing corresponding to one or more models in the kth model set among the first K model sets in the P model sets, and the value of k is 1 to K, and K is a positive integer less than or equal to P.
应理解,M个标识分别用于指示M个模型,可以理解为,M个标识与M个模型一一对应,和/或,M个标识中的第m个标识用于指示该M个模型中的第m个模型,m取值为1至M。It should be understood that the M identifiers are used to indicate M models respectively. It can be understood that the M identifiers correspond one-to-one to the M models, and/or the mth identifier among the M identifiers is used to indicate the mth model among the M models, and m takes a value of 1 to M.
在实现示例A中,第一通信装置接收的第三信息可以包括分别用于指示该M个模型的M个标识。其中,在P个模型集合中,该任一标识指示的模型可以表示为P个模型集合中的第K(K为小于或等于P的整数)个模型集合中的模型。并且,该M个标识中的任一标识可以包括K个索引,以通过该K个索引分别指示该模型对应的模型处理。In implementation example A, the third information received by the first communication device may include M identifiers, each used to indicate the M models. Among the P model sets, the model indicated by any one of the identifiers may be represented as a model in the Kth (K is an integer less than or equal to P) model set among the P model sets. Furthermore, any one of the M identifiers may include K indexes, so as to indicate the model processing corresponding to the model through the K indexes.
可选地,在实现示例A中,该任一标识还包括该第二模型的处理的标识。具体地,第一通信装置可以部署一个或多个第二模型,相应的,每个第二模型都可能有下游模型。为此,在用于指示M个模型的M个标识中,任一标识还可以包括第二模型的标识。通过这种方式,使得第三信息能够实现对一个或多个第二模型对应的下游模型的指示。Optionally, in implementation example A, any identifier also includes an identifier of the processing of the second model. Specifically, the first communication device can deploy one or more second models, and accordingly, each second model may have a downstream model. To this end, among the M identifiers used to indicate M models, any identifier can also include an identifier of the second model. In this way, the third information can indicate the downstream models corresponding to one or more second models.
需要说明的是,实现示例A中的第三信息可以参考前文实现示例一中的第一信息的实现过程。It should be noted that, for the implementation of the third information in Example A, reference can be made to the implementation process of the first information in Example 1 above.
实现示例B,该第三信息包括T个索引,该T个索引指示的模型为该M个模型,该T个索引分别用于指示该P个模型集合中的T个模型集合,T为小于或等于P的正整数;该T个索引中的第t个索引用于指示该T个模型集合中的第t个模型集合所包含的0个或一个或多个模型,t为小于T的正整数。Implementation example B, the third information includes T indexes, the models indicated by the T indexes are the M models, the T indexes are respectively used to indicate the T model sets in the P model sets, and T is a positive integer less than or equal to P; the t-th index in the T indexes is used to indicate 0 or one or more models contained in the t-th model set in the T model sets, and t is a positive integer less than T.
在实现示例B中,第二模型下游的N个模型可以包含于P个模型集合,相应的,N个模型中的M个模型可以包含于P个模型集合中的T个模型集合。其中,用于指示M个模型的第三信息可以包括T个索引,该T个索引分别用于指示T个模型集合中的每个模型集合的0个或一个或多个模型,通过这种方式,使得第三信息能够通过该T个模型集合中各个模型集合所包含的模型指示M个模型。In implementation example B, the N models downstream of the second model may be included in P model sets, and correspondingly, M models among the N models may be included in T model sets among the P model sets. The third information used to indicate the M models may include T indexes, where the T indexes are respectively used to indicate 0 or one or more models of each model set in the T model sets. In this way, the third information can indicate the M models through the models included in each model set in the T model sets.
可选地,在实现示例B中,该第三信息还包括该第二模型的处理的标识。具体地,第三信息除了包括T个索引之外,该第三信息还可以包括第二模型的标识。其中,第一通信装置可以部署一个或多个第二模型,相应的,每个第二模型都可能有下游模型。为此,在用于指示M个模型的第三信息中,该第三信息还可以包括第二模型的标识。通过这种方式,使得第三信息能够实现对一个或多个第二模型对应的下游模型的指示。Optionally, in implementation example B, the third information also includes an identifier of the processing of the second model. Specifically, in addition to T indexes, the third information may also include an identifier of the second model. The first communication device may deploy one or more second models, and accordingly, each second model may have a downstream model. To this end, in the third information for indicating M models, the third information may also include an identifier of the second model. In this way, the third information can indicate the downstream models corresponding to one or more second models.
可选地,在实现示例B中,该T个索引满足以下至少一项:在该T个索引中的第t个索引中,第一个比特的取值用于指示该第三信息是否包括第t+x个索引,x的取值为1至T-t;或,在该T个索引中的第t个索引中,该第t个索引的取值为预设取值时,该第t个索引用于指示第t个模型集合包含的模型(或所有模型)。Optionally, in implementation example B, the T indexes satisfy at least one of the following: in the tth index among the T indexes, the value of the first bit is used to indicate whether the third information includes the t+xth index, and the value of x is 1 to T-t; or, in the tth index among the T indexes, when the value of the tth index is a preset value, the tth index is used to indicate the model (or all models) included in the tth model set.
示例性的,该第t个索引的取值为预设取值,可以理解为,该第t个索引包含的多个比特中,除了第一个比特之外的其它比特的取值为预设取值(例如全0或全1等);或者,该第t个索引包含的多个比特中,该多个比特的取值为预设取值。具体地,在该T个索引中的第t个索引中,第一个比特的取值用于指示该第三信息是否包括第t+x个索引的情况下,使得第一通信装置能够基于第t个索引中的第一个比特的取值确定是否需要解析第t+x个索引,能够降低实现复杂度,以避免不必要的开销。Exemplarily, the value of the t-th index is a preset value, which can be understood as: among the multiple bits included in the t-th index, the values of the other bits except the first bit are preset values (for example, all 0s or all 1s); or, among the multiple bits included in the t-th index, the values of the multiple bits are preset values. Specifically, in the case where the value of the first bit in the t-th index of the T indexes is used to indicate whether the third information includes the t+x-th index, the first communication device can determine whether it is necessary to parse the t+x-th index based on the value of the first bit in the t-th index, which can reduce implementation complexity and avoid unnecessary overhead.
此外,在该T个索引中的第t个索引中,该第t个索引的取值为预设取值时,该第t个索引用于指示第t个模型集合包含的模型。通过这种方式,能够通过一个标识的特殊取值实现对该标识对应的一个或多个模型的指示,以降低开销。In addition, in the t-th index of the T indexes, when the value of the t-th index is a preset value, the t-th index is used to indicate the models included in the t-th model set. In this way, one or more models corresponding to an identifier can be indicated by a special value of the identifier, thereby reducing overhead.
需要说明的是,实现示例B中的第三信息可以参考前文实现示例二中的第一信息的实现过程。It should be noted that, for the implementation of the third information in Example B, reference can be made to the implementation process of the first information in Example 2 above.
实现示例C,该第三信息包括M个标识,该M个标识分别用于指示该M个模型;在该M个标识中,不同标识的长度是相同的。In implementation example C, the third information includes M identifiers, where the M identifiers are respectively used to indicate the M models; among the M identifiers, the lengths of different identifiers are the same.
可选地,在实现示例C中,第三信息可以通过M个等长的标识分别指示M个模型,即不同的模型均可以是通过等长的序列进行指示,通过这种方式,可以降低实现复杂度。Optionally, in implementation example C, the third information can indicate M models respectively through M equal-length identifiers, that is, different models can be indicated by sequences of equal length. In this way, the implementation complexity can be reduced.
需要说明的是,实现示例C中的第三信息可以参考前文实现示例三中的第一信息的实现过程。It should be noted that, for the implementation of the third information in Example C, reference can be made to the implementation process of the first information in Example 3 above.
请参阅图7,本申请实施例提供了一种通信装置700,该通信装置700可以实现上述方法实施例中第二通信装置或第一通信装置的功能,因此也能实现上述方法实施例所具备的有益效果。在本申请实施例中,该通信装置700可以是第一通信装置(或第二通信装置),也可以是第一通信装置(或第二通信装置)内部的集成电路或者元件等,例如芯片。Referring to Figure 7, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device 700. This communication device 700 can implement the functions of the second communication device or the first communication device in the above-mentioned method embodiment, thereby also achieving the beneficial effects of the above-mentioned method embodiment. In this embodiment of the present application, the communication device 700 can be the first communication device (or the second communication device), or it can be an integrated circuit or component, such as a chip, within the first communication device (or the second communication device).
需要说明的是,收发单元702可以包括发送单元和接收单元,分别用于执行发送和接收。It should be noted that the transceiver unit 702 may include a sending unit and a receiving unit, which are respectively used to perform sending and receiving.
一种可能的实现方式中,当该装置700为用于执行图3及相关实施例中第一通信装置所执行的方法时,该装置700包括处理单元701和收发单元702;该收发单元702用于接收第一信息,该第一信息用于指示M个任务,M为正整数;其中,该M个任务中的任一任务的输入是基于第一模型的输出确定的;该处理单元701用于确定第二信息;该收发单元702还用于发送第二信息,该第二信息用于指示该M个任务中的一个或多个任务的性能。In one possible implementation, when the device 700 is used to execute the method executed by the first communication device in Figure 3 and related embodiments, the device 700 includes a processing unit 701 and a transceiver unit 702; the transceiver unit 702 is used to receive first information, and the first information is used to indicate M tasks, where M is a positive integer; wherein the input of any one of the M tasks is determined based on the output of the first model; the processing unit 701 is used to determine second information; and the transceiver unit 702 is also used to send second information, and the second information is used to indicate the performance of one or more tasks among the M tasks.
一种可能的实现方式中,当该装置700为用于执行图3及相关实施例中第二通信装置所执行的方法时,该装置700包括处理单元701和收发单元702;该处理单元701用于确定第一信息;该收发单元702用于发送第一信息,该第一信息用于指示M个任务,M为正整数;其中,该M个任务中的任一任务的输入是基于第一模型的输出确定的;该收发单元702还用于接收第二信息,该第二信息用于指示该M个任务中的一个或多个的性能。In one possible implementation, when the device 700 is used to execute the method executed by the second communication device in Figure 3 and related embodiments, the device 700 includes a processing unit 701 and a transceiver unit 702; the processing unit 701 is used to determine first information; the transceiver unit 702 is used to send first information, and the first information is used to indicate M tasks, where M is a positive integer; wherein the input of any task among the M tasks is determined based on the output of the first model; the transceiver unit 702 is also used to receive second information, and the second information is used to indicate the performance of one or more of the M tasks.
一种可能的实现方式中,当该装置700为用于执行图5及相关实施例中第一通信装置所执行的方法时,该装置700包括处理单元701和收发单元702;该收发单元702用于接收第三信息,该第三信息用于指示M个模型,M为正整数;其中,该M个模型中的任一模型是基于第二模型确定的;该处理单元701用于确定第四信息;该收发单元702还用于发送第四信息,该第四信息用于指示该M个模型中的一个或多个模型的性能。In one possible implementation, when the device 700 is used to execute the method executed by the first communication device in Figure 5 and related embodiments, the device 700 includes a processing unit 701 and a transceiver unit 702; the transceiver unit 702 is used to receive third information, and the third information is used to indicate M models, where M is a positive integer; wherein any one of the M models is determined based on the second model; the processing unit 701 is used to determine fourth information; and the transceiver unit 702 is also used to send fourth information, and the fourth information is used to indicate the performance of one or more models among the M models.
一种可能的实现方式中,当该装置700为用于执行图5及相关实施例中第二通信装置所执行的方法时,该装置700包括处理单元701和收发单元702;该处理单元701用于确定第三信息,该收发单元702用于发送第三信息,该第三信息用于指示M个模型,M为正整数;其中,该M个模型中的任一模型是基于第二模型确定的;该收发单元702还用于接收第四信息,该第四信息用于指示该M个模型中的一个或多个模型的性能。In one possible implementation, when the device 700 is used to execute the method executed by the second communication device in Figure 5 and related embodiments, the device 700 includes a processing unit 701 and a transceiver unit 702; the processing unit 701 is used to determine third information, and the transceiver unit 702 is used to send third information, and the third information is used to indicate M models, where M is a positive integer; wherein any model among the M models is determined based on the second model; and the transceiver unit 702 is also used to receive fourth information, and the fourth information is used to indicate the performance of one or more models among the M models.
在一种可能的设计中,当该通信装置700是终端设备或终端或终端中的通信模组时,该处理单元701的功能可以由一个或多个处理器实现。具体的该处理器可以包括Modem芯片,或包含Modem核的片上系统SoC芯片或SIP芯片。收发单元702的功能可以由收发机电路来实现。In one possible design, when the communication device 700 is a terminal device, a terminal, or a communication module within a terminal, the functions of the processing unit 701 may be implemented by one or more processors. Specifically, the processor may include a modem chip, or a system-on-chip (SoC) chip or SIP chip containing a modem core. The functions of the transceiver unit 702 may be implemented by a transceiver circuit.
在一种可能的设计中,当该通信装置700是终端中负责通信功能的电路或芯片,如Modem芯片或包含Modem核的片上系统SoC芯片或SIP芯片时,该处理单元701的功能可以由上述芯片中包括一个或多个处理器或处理器核的电路系统来实现。收发单元702功能可以由上述芯片上的接口电路或数据收发电路来实现。In one possible design, when the communication device 700 is a circuit or chip responsible for communication functions in a terminal, such as a modem chip or a system-on-chip (SoC) chip or SIP chip containing a modem core, the functions of the processing unit 701 can be implemented by a circuit system including one or more processors or processor cores in the aforementioned chip. The functions of the transceiver unit 702 can be implemented by an interface circuit or data transceiver circuit on the aforementioned chip.
需要说明的是,上述通信装置700的单元的信息执行过程等内容,具体可参见本申请前述所示的方法实施例中的叙述,此处不再赘述。It should be noted that, for details on the information execution process of the units of the above-mentioned communication device 700, please refer to the description in the method embodiment shown above in this application, and no further details will be given here.
请参阅图8,为本申请提供的通信装置800的另一种示意性结构图,通信装置800包括逻辑电路801和输入输出接口802。其中,通信装置800可以为芯片或集成电路。Please refer to Fig. 8, which is another schematic structural diagram of a communication device 800 provided in this application. The communication device 800 includes a logic circuit 801 and an input/output interface 802. The communication device 800 may be a chip or an integrated circuit.
其中,图7所示收发单元702可以为通信接口,该通信接口可以是图8中的输入输出接口802,该输入输出接口802可以包括输入接口和输出接口。或者,该通信接口也可以是收发电路,该收发电路可以包括输入接口电路和输出接口电路。The transceiver unit 702 shown in FIG7 may be a communication interface, which may be the input/output interface 802 in FIG8 , which may include an input interface and an output interface. Alternatively, the communication interface may be a transceiver circuit, which may include an input interface circuit and an output interface circuit.
一种可能的实现方式中,当该装置800为用于执行图3及相关实施例中第一通信装置所执行的方法时,该输入输出接口802用于接收第一信息,该第一信息用于指示M个任务,M为正整数;其中,该M个任务中的任一任务的输入是基于第一模型的输出确定的;该逻辑电路801用于确定第二信息;该输入输出接口802还用于发送第二信息,该第二信息用于指示该M个任务中的一个或多个任务的性能。In one possible implementation, when the device 800 is used to execute the method executed by the first communication device in Figure 3 and related embodiments, the input-output interface 802 is used to receive first information, and the first information is used to indicate M tasks, where M is a positive integer; wherein the input of any one of the M tasks is determined based on the output of the first model; the logic circuit 801 is used to determine second information; and the input-output interface 802 is also used to send second information, and the second information is used to indicate the performance of one or more tasks among the M tasks.
一种可能的实现方式中,当该装置800为用于执行图3及相关实施例中第二通信装置所执行的方法时,该逻辑电路801用于确定第一信息;该输入输出接口802用于发送第一信息,该第一信息用于指示M个任务,M为正整数;其中,该M个任务中的任一任务的输入是基于第一模型的输出确定的;该输入输出接口802还用于接收第二信息,该第二信息用于指示该M个任务中的一个或多个的性能。In one possible implementation, when the device 800 is used to execute the method executed by the second communication device in Figure 3 and related embodiments, the logic circuit 801 is used to determine the first information; the input-output interface 802 is used to send the first information, and the first information is used to indicate M tasks, where M is a positive integer; wherein the input of any one of the M tasks is determined based on the output of the first model; and the input-output interface 802 is also used to receive the second information, and the second information is used to indicate the performance of one or more of the M tasks.
一种可能的实现方式中,当该装置800为用于执行图5及相关实施例中第一通信装置所执行的方法时,该输入输出接口802用于接收第三信息,该第三信息用于指示M个模型,M为正整数;其中,该M个模型中的任一模型是基于第二模型确定的;该逻辑电路801用于确定第四信息;该输入输出接口802还用于发送第四信息,该第四信息用于指示该M个模型中的一个或多个模型的性能。In one possible implementation, when the device 800 is used to execute the method executed by the first communication device in Figure 5 and related embodiments, the input-output interface 802 is used to receive third information, and the third information is used to indicate M models, where M is a positive integer; wherein any one of the M models is determined based on the second model; the logic circuit 801 is used to determine fourth information; and the input-output interface 802 is also used to send fourth information, and the fourth information is used to indicate the performance of one or more models among the M models.
一种可能的实现方式中,当该装置800为用于执行图5及相关实施例中第二通信装置所执行的方法时,该逻辑电路801用于确定第三信息,该输入输出接口802用于发送第三信息,该第三信息用于指示M个模型,M为正整数;其中,该M个模型中的任一模型是基于第二模型确定的;该输入输出接口802还用于接收第四信息,该第四信息用于指示该M个模型中的一个或多个模型的性能。In one possible implementation, when the device 800 is used to execute the method executed by the second communication device in Figure 5 and related embodiments, the logic circuit 801 is used to determine the third information, and the input-output interface 802 is used to send the third information, and the third information is used to indicate M models, where M is a positive integer; wherein any one of the M models is determined based on the second model; and the input-output interface 802 is also used to receive fourth information, and the fourth information is used to indicate the performance of one or more models among the M models.
其中,逻辑电路801和输入输出接口802还可以执行任一实施例中第一通信装置或第二通信装置执行的其他步骤并实现对应的有益效果,此处不再赘述。The logic circuit 801 and the input/output interface 802 may also execute other steps executed by the first communication device or the second communication device in any embodiment and achieve corresponding beneficial effects, which will not be described in detail here.
在一种可能的实现方式中,图7所示处理单元701可以为图8中的逻辑电路801。In a possible implementation, the processing unit 701 shown in FIG. 7 may be the logic circuit 801 in FIG. 8 .
可选的,逻辑电路801可以是一个处理装置,处理装置的功能可以部分或全部通过软件实现。其中,处理装置的功能可以部分或全部通过软件实现。Optionally, the logic circuit 801 may be a processing device, and the functions of the processing device may be partially or entirely implemented by software. The functions of the processing device may be partially or entirely implemented by software.
可选的,处理装置可以包括存储器和处理器,其中,存储器用于存储计算机程序,处理器读取并执行存储器中存储的计算机程序,以执行任意一个方法实施例中的相应处理和/或步骤。Optionally, the processing device may include a memory and a processor, wherein the memory is used to store a computer program, and the processor reads and executes the computer program stored in the memory to perform corresponding processing and/or steps in any one of the method embodiments.
可选地,处理装置可以仅包括处理器。用于存储计算机程序的存储器位于处理装置之外,处理器通过电路/电线与存储器连接,以读取并执行存储器中存储的计算机程序。其中,存储器和处理器可以集成在一起,或者也可以是物理上互相独立的。Alternatively, the processing device may include only a processor. A memory for storing the computer program is located outside the processing device, and the processor is connected to the memory via circuits/wires to read and execute the computer program stored in the memory. The memory and processor may be integrated or physically separate.
可选地,该处理装置可以是一个或多个芯片,或一个或多个集成电路。例如,处理装置可以是一个或多个现场可编程门阵列(field-programmable gate array,FPGA)、专用集成芯片(application specific integrated circuit,ASIC)、系统芯片(system on chip,SoC)、中央处理器(central processing unit,CPU)、网络处理器(network processor,NP)、数字信号处理电路(digital signal processor,DSP)、微控制器(micro controller unit,MCU),可编程控制器(programmable logic device,PLD)或其它集成芯片,或者上述芯片或者处理器的任意组合等。Optionally, the processing device may be one or more chips, or one or more integrated circuits. For example, the processing device may be one or more field-programmable gate arrays (FPGAs), application-specific integrated circuits (ASICs), system-on-chips (SoCs), central processing units (CPUs), network processors (NPs), digital signal processors (DSPs), microcontrollers (MCUs), programmable logic devices (PLDs), or other integrated chips, or any combination of the above chips or processors.
请参阅图9,为本申请的实施例提供的上述实施例中所涉及的通信装置900,该通信装置900具体可以为上述实施例中的作为终端设备的通信装置,图9所示示例为终端设备通过终端设备(或者终端设备中的部件)实现。Please refer to Figure 9, which shows a communication device 900 involved in the above-mentioned embodiments provided in an embodiment of the present application. The communication device 900 can specifically be a communication device serving as a terminal device in the above-mentioned embodiments. The example shown in Figure 9 is that the terminal device is implemented through the terminal device (or a component in the terminal device).
其中,该通信装置900的一种可能的逻辑结构示意图,该通信装置900可以包括但不限于至少一个处理器901以及通信端口902。Herein, a possible logical structure diagram of the communication device 900 is shown. The communication device 900 may include but is not limited to at least one processor 901 and a communication port 902 .
其中,图7所示收发单元702可以为通信接口,该通信接口可以是图9中的通信端口902,该通信端口902可以包括输入接口和输出接口。或者,该通信端口902也可以是收发电路,该收发电路可以包括输入接口电路和输出接口电路。The transceiver unit 702 shown in FIG7 may be a communication interface, which may be the communication port 902 in FIG9 , which may include an input interface and an output interface. Alternatively, the communication port 902 may be a transceiver circuit, which may include an input interface circuit and an output interface circuit.
进一步可选的,该装置还可以包括存储器903、总线904中的至少一个,在本申请的实施例中,该至少一个处理器901用于对通信装置900的动作进行控制处理。Further optionally, the device may also include at least one of a memory 903 and a bus 904. In an embodiment of the present application, the at least one processor 901 is used to control and process the actions of the communication device 900.
此外,处理器901可以是中央处理器单元,通用处理器,数字信号处理器,专用集成电路,现场可编程门阵列或者其他可编程逻辑器件、晶体管逻辑器件、硬件部件或者其任意组合。其可以实现或执行结合本申请公开内容所描述的各种示例性的逻辑方框,模块和电路。该处理器也可以是实现计算功能的组合,例如包含一个或多个微处理器组合,数字信号处理器和微处理器的组合等等。所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到,为描述的方便和简洁,上述描述的系统,装置和单元的具体工作过程,可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程,在此不再赘述。In addition, the processor 901 can be a central processing unit, a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processor, an application-specific integrated circuit, a field programmable gate array or other programmable logic device, a transistor logic device, a hardware component, or any combination thereof. It can implement or execute the various exemplary logic blocks, modules, and circuits described in conjunction with the disclosure of this application. The processor can also be a combination that implements computing functions, such as a combination of one or more microprocessors, a combination of a digital signal processor and a microprocessor, and so on. Those skilled in the art will clearly understand that for the convenience and brevity of description, the specific working processes of the systems, devices, and units described above can refer to the corresponding processes in the aforementioned method embodiments and will not be repeated here.
需要说明的是,图9所示通信装置900具体可以用于实现前述方法实施例中终端设备所实现的步骤,并实现终端设备对应的技术效果,图9所示通信装置的具体实现方式,均可以参考前述方法实施例中的叙述,此处不再一一赘述。It should be noted that the communication device 900 shown in Figure 9 can be specifically used to implement the steps implemented by the terminal device in the aforementioned method embodiment and achieve the corresponding technical effects of the terminal device. The specific implementation methods of the communication device shown in Figure 9 can refer to the description in the aforementioned method embodiment and will not be repeated here.
请参阅图10,为本申请的实施例提供的上述实施例中所涉及的通信装置1000的结构示意图,该通信装置1000具体可以为上述实施例中的作为网络设备的通信装置,图10所示示例为网络设备通过网络设备(或者网络设备中的部件)实现,其中,该通信装置的结构可以参考图10所示的结构。Please refer to Figure 10, which is a structural diagram of the communication device 1000 involved in the above-mentioned embodiments provided in an embodiment of the present application. The communication device 1000 can specifically be a communication device as a network device in the above-mentioned embodiments. The example shown in Figure 10 is that the network device is implemented through the network device (or a component in the network device), wherein the structure of the communication device can refer to the structure shown in Figure 10.
通信装置1000包括至少一个处理器1011以及至少一个网络接口1014。进一步可选的,该通信装置还包括至少一个存储器1012、至少一个收发器1013和一个或多个天线1015。处理器1011、存储器1012、收发器1013和网络接口1014相连,例如通过总线相连,在本申请实施例中,该连接可包括各类接口、传输线或总线等,本实施例对此不做限定。天线1015与收发器1013相连。网络接口1014用于使得通信装置通过通信链路,与其它通信设备通信。例如网络接口1014可以包括通信装置与核心网设备之间的网络接口,例如S1接口,网络接口可以包括通信装置和其他通信装置(例如其他网络设备或者核心网设备)之间的网络接口,例如X2或者Xn接口。The communication device 1000 includes at least one processor 1011 and at least one network interface 1014. Further optionally, the communication device also includes at least one memory 1012, at least one transceiver 1013 and one or more antennas 1015. The processor 1011, the memory 1012, the transceiver 1013 and the network interface 1014 are connected, for example, via a bus. In an embodiment of the present application, the connection may include various interfaces, transmission lines or buses, etc., which are not limited in this embodiment. The antenna 1015 is connected to the transceiver 1013. The network interface 1014 is used to enable the communication device to communicate with other communication devices through a communication link. For example, the network interface 1014 may include a network interface between the communication device and the core network device, such as an S1 interface, and the network interface may include a network interface between the communication device and other communication devices (such as other network devices or core network devices), such as an X2 or Xn interface.
其中,图7所示收发单元702可以为通信接口,该通信接口可以是图10中的网络接口1014,该网络接口1014可以包括输入接口和输出接口。或者,该网络接口1014也可以是收发电路,该收发电路可以包括输入接口电路和输出接口电路。The transceiver unit 702 shown in FIG7 may be a communication interface, which may be the network interface 1014 in FIG10 , which may include an input interface and an output interface. Alternatively, the network interface 1014 may be a transceiver circuit, which may include an input interface circuit and an output interface circuit.
处理器1011主要用于对通信协议以及通信数据进行处理,以及对整个通信装置进行控制,执行软件程序,处理软件程序的数据,例如用于支持通信装置执行实施例中所描述的动作。通信装置可以包括基带处理器和中央处理器,基带处理器主要用于对通信协议以及通信数据进行处理,中央处理器主要用于对整个终端设备进行控制,执行软件程序,处理软件程序的数据。图10中的处理器1011可以集成基带处理器和中央处理器的功能,本领域技术人员可以理解,基带处理器和中央处理器也可以是各自独立的处理器,通过总线等技术互联。本领域技术人员可以理解,终端设备可以包括多个基带处理器以适应不同的网络制式,终端设备可以包括多个中央处理器以增强其处理能力,终端设备的各个部件可以通过各种总线连接。该基带处理器也可以表述为基带处理电路或者基带处理芯片。该中央处理器也可以表述为中央处理电路或者中央处理芯片。对通信协议以及通信数据进行处理的功能可以内置在处理器中,也可以以软件程序的形式存储在存储器中,由处理器执行软件程序以实现基带处理功能。Processor 1011 is primarily used to process communication protocols and communication data, control the entire communication device, execute software programs, and process software program data, for example, to support the communication device in performing the actions described in the embodiments. The communication device may include a baseband processor and a central processing unit. The baseband processor is primarily used to process communication protocols and communication data, while the central processing unit is primarily used to control the entire terminal device, execute software programs, and process software program data. Processor 1011 in Figure 10 may integrate the functions of both a baseband processor and a central processing unit. Those skilled in the art will appreciate that the baseband processor and the central processing unit may also be independent processors interconnected via a bus or other technology. Those skilled in the art will appreciate that a terminal device may include multiple baseband processors to accommodate different network standards, multiple central processing units to enhance its processing capabilities, and various components of the terminal device may be connected via various buses. The baseband processor may also be referred to as a baseband processing circuit or a baseband processing chip. The central processing unit may also be referred to as a central processing circuit or a central processing chip. The functionality for processing communication protocols and communication data may be built into the processor or stored in memory as a software program, which is executed by the processor to implement the baseband processing functionality.
存储器主要用于存储软件程序和数据。存储器1012可以是独立存在,与处理器1011相连。可选的,存储器1012可以和处理器1011集成在一起,例如集成在一个芯片之内。其中,存储器1012能够存储执行本申请实施例的技术方案的程序代码,并由处理器1011来控制执行,被执行的各类计算机程序代码也可被视为是处理器1011的驱动程序。The memory is primarily used to store software programs and data. Memory 1012 can exist independently and be connected to processor 1011. Alternatively, memory 1012 and processor 1011 can be integrated together, for example, within a single chip. Memory 1012 can store program code for executing the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application, and execution is controlled by processor 1011. The various computer program codes executed can also be considered drivers for processor 1011.
图10仅示出了一个存储器和一个处理器。在实际的终端设备中,可以存在多个处理器和多个存储器。存储器也可以称为存储介质或者存储设备等。存储器可以为与处理器处于同一芯片上的存储元件,即片内存储元件,或者为独立的存储元件,本申请实施例对此不做限定。Figure 10 shows only one memory and one processor. In an actual terminal device, there may be multiple processors and multiple memories. The memory may also be referred to as a storage medium or a storage device. The memory may be a storage element on the same chip as the processor, i.e., an on-chip storage element, or an independent storage element, which is not limited in the present embodiment.
收发器1013可以用于支持通信装置与终端之间射频信号的接收或者发送,收发器1013可以与天线1015相连。收发器1013包括发射机Tx和接收机Rx。具体地,一个或多个天线1015可以接收射频信号,该收发器1013的接收机Rx用于从天线接收该射频信号,并将射频信号转换为数字基带信号或数字中频信号,并将该数字基带信号或数字中频信号提供给该处理器1011,以便处理器1011对该数字基带信号或数字中频信号做进一步的处理,例如解调处理和译码处理。此外,收发器1013中的发射机Tx还用于从处理器1011接收经过调制的数字基带信号或数字中频信号,并将该经过调制的数字基带信号或数字中频信号转换为射频信号,并通过一个或多个天线1015发送该射频信号。具体地,接收机Rx可以选择性地对射频信号进行一级或多级下混频处理和模数转换处理以得到数字基带信号或数字中频信号,该下混频处理和模数转换处理的先后顺序是可调整的。发射机Tx可以选择性地对经过调制的数字基带信号或数字中频信号时进行一级或多级上混频处理和数模转换处理以得到射频信号,该上混频处理和数模转换处理的先后顺序是可调整的。数字基带信号和数字中频信号可以统称为数字信号。The transceiver 1013 can be used to support the reception or transmission of radio frequency signals between the communication device and the terminal. The transceiver 1013 can be connected to the antenna 1015. The transceiver 1013 includes a transmitter Tx and a receiver Rx. Specifically, one or more antennas 1015 can receive radio frequency signals. The receiver Rx of the transceiver 1013 is used to receive the radio frequency signal from the antenna, convert the radio frequency signal into a digital baseband signal or a digital intermediate frequency signal, and provide the digital baseband signal or digital intermediate frequency signal to the processor 1011 so that the processor 1011 can further process the digital baseband signal or digital intermediate frequency signal, such as demodulation and decoding. In addition, the transmitter Tx in the transceiver 1013 is also used to receive a modulated digital baseband signal or digital intermediate frequency signal from the processor 1011, convert the modulated digital baseband signal or digital intermediate frequency signal into a radio frequency signal, and transmit the radio frequency signal through one or more antennas 1015. Specifically, the receiver Rx can selectively perform one or more stages of down-mixing and analog-to-digital conversion on the RF signal to obtain a digital baseband signal or a digital intermediate frequency signal. The order of the down-mixing and analog-to-digital conversion processes is adjustable. The transmitter Tx can selectively perform one or more stages of up-mixing and digital-to-analog conversion on the modulated digital baseband signal or digital intermediate frequency signal to obtain a RF signal. The order of the up-mixing and digital-to-analog conversion processes is adjustable. The digital baseband signal and the digital intermediate frequency signal may be collectively referred to as digital signals.
收发器1013也可以称为收发单元、收发机、收发装置等。可选的,可以将收发单元中用于实现接收功能的器件视为接收单元,将收发单元中用于实现发送功能的器件视为发送单元,即收发单元包括接收单元和发送单元,接收单元也可以称为接收机、输入口、接收电路等,发送单元可以称为发射机、发射器或者发射电路等。The transceiver 1013 may also be referred to as a transceiver unit, a transceiver, a transceiver device, etc. Optionally, a device in the transceiver unit that implements a receiving function may be referred to as a receiving unit, and a device in the transceiver unit that implements a transmitting function may be referred to as a transmitting unit. That is, the transceiver unit includes a receiving unit and a transmitting unit. The receiving unit may also be referred to as a receiver, an input port, a receiving circuit, etc., and the transmitting unit may be referred to as a transmitter, a transmitter, or a transmitting circuit, etc.
需要说明的是,图10所示通信装置1000具体可以用于实现前述方法实施例中网络设备所实现的步骤,并实现网络设备对应的技术效果,图10所示通信装置1000的具体实现方式,均可以参考前述方法实施例中的叙述,此处不再一一赘述。It should be noted that the communication device 1000 shown in Figure 10 can be specifically used to implement the steps implemented by the network device in the aforementioned method embodiment, and to achieve the corresponding technical effects of the network device. The specific implementation methods of the communication device 1000 shown in Figure 10 can refer to the description in the aforementioned method embodiment, and will not be repeated here one by one.
请参阅图11,为本申请的实施例提供的上述实施例中所涉及的通信装置的结构示意图。Please refer to FIG11 , which is a schematic structural diagram of the communication device involved in the above-mentioned embodiment provided in an embodiment of the present application.
可以理解的是,通信装置110包括例如模块、单元、元件、电路、或接口等,以适当地配置在一起以执行本申请提供的技术方案。所述通信装置110可以是前文描述的终端设备或网络设备,也可以是这些设备中的部件(例如芯片),用以实现下述方法实施例中描述的方法。通信装置110包括一个或多个处理器111。所述处理器111可以是通用处理器或者专用处理器等。例如可以是基带处理器、或中央处理器。基带处理器可以用于对通信协议以及通信数据进行处理,中央处理器可以用于对通信装置(如,RAN节点、终端、或芯片等)进行控制,执行软件程序,处理软件程序的数据。It can be understood that the communication device 110 includes, for example, modules, units, elements, circuits, or interfaces, which are appropriately configured together to implement the technical solutions provided in this application. The communication device 110 can be the terminal device or network device described above, or a component (such as a chip) in these devices, used to implement the method described in the following method embodiment. The communication device 110 includes one or more processors 111. The processor 111 can be a general-purpose processor or a dedicated processor. For example, it can be a baseband processor or a central processing unit. The baseband processor can be used to process communication protocols and communication data, and the central processing unit can be used to control the communication device (such as a RAN node, terminal, or chip, etc.), execute software programs, and process data of software programs.
可选的,在一种设计中,处理器111可以包括程序113(有时也可以称为代码或指令),所述程序113可以在所述处理器111上被运行,使得所述通信装置110执行下述实施例中描述的方法。在又一种可能的设计中,通信装置110包括电路(图11未示出)。Optionally, in one design, the processor 111 may include a program 113 (sometimes also referred to as code or instructions), which may be executed on the processor 111 to cause the communication device 110 to perform the methods described in the following embodiments. In yet another possible design, the communication device 110 includes circuitry (not shown in FIG11 ).
可选的,所述通信装置110中可以包括一个或多个存储器112,其上存有程序114(有时也可以称为代码或指令),所述程序114可在所述处理器111上被运行,使得所述通信装置110执行上述方法实施例中描述的方法。Optionally, the communication device 110 may include one or more memories 112 on which a program 114 (sometimes also referred to as code or instructions) is stored. The program 114 can be run on the processor 111, so that the communication device 110 executes the method described in the above method embodiment.
可选的,所述处理器111和/或存储器112中可以包括AI模块117,118,所述AI模块用于实现AI相关的功能。所述AI模块可以是通过软件,硬件,或软硬结合的方式实现。例如,AI模块可以包括无线智能控制(radio intelligence control,RIC)模块。例如AI模块可以是近实时RIC或者非实时RIC。Optionally, the processor 111 and/or the memory 112 may include AI modules 117 and 118, which are used to implement AI-related functions. The AI module can be implemented through software, hardware, or a combination of software and hardware. For example, the AI module may include a wireless intelligent control (RIC) module. For example, the AI module may be a near-real-time RIC or a non-real-time RIC.
可选的,所述处理器111和/或存储器112中还可以存储有数据。所述处理器和存储器可以单独设置,也可以集成在一起。Optionally, data may be stored in the processor 111 and/or the memory 112. The processor and the memory may be provided separately or integrated together.
可选的,所述通信装置110还可以包括收发器115和/或天线116。所述处理器111有时也可以称为处理单元,对通信装置(例如RAN节点或终端)进行控制。所述收发器115有时也可以称为收发单元、收发机、收发电路、或者收发器等,用于通过天线116实现通信装置的收发功能。Optionally, the communication device 110 may further include a transceiver 115 and/or an antenna 116. The processor 111 may also be referred to as a processing unit, and controls the communication device (e.g., a RAN node or terminal). The transceiver 115 may also be referred to as a transceiver unit, a transceiver, a transceiver circuit, or a transceiver, and is configured to implement the transceiver functions of the communication device through the antenna 116.
其中,图7所示处理单元701可以是处理器111。图7所示收发单元702可以为通信接口,该通信接口可以是图11中的收发器115,该收发器115可以包括输入接口和输出接口。或者,该收发器115也可以是收发电路,该收发电路可以包括输入接口电路和输出接口电路。The processing unit 701 shown in FIG7 may be the processor 111. The transceiver unit 702 shown in FIG7 may be a communication interface, which may be the transceiver 115 shown in FIG11 . The transceiver 115 may include an input interface and an output interface. Alternatively, the transceiver 115 may be a transceiver circuit, which may include an input interface circuit and an output interface circuit.
本申请实施例还提供一种计算机可读存储介质,该存储介质用于存储一个或多个计算机执行指令,当计算机执行指令被处理器执行时,该处理器执行如前述实施例中第一通信装置或第二通信装置可能的实现方式所述的方法。An embodiment of the present application further provides a computer-readable storage medium, which is used to store one or more computer-executable instructions. When the computer-executable instructions are executed by a processor, the processor executes the method described in the possible implementation methods of the first communication device or the second communication device in the aforementioned embodiment.
本申请实施例还提供一种计算机程序产品(或称计算机程序),当计算机程序产品被该处理器执行时,该处理器执行上述第一通信装置或第二通信装置可能实现方式的方法。An embodiment of the present application also provides a computer program product (or computer program). When the computer program product is executed by the processor, the processor executes the method that may be implemented by the above-mentioned first communication device or second communication device.
本申请实施例还提供了一种芯片系统,该芯片系统包括至少一个处理器,用于支持通信装置实现上述通信装置可能的实现方式中所涉及的功能。可选的,所述芯片系统还包括接口电路,所述接口电路为所述至少一个处理器提供程序指令和/或数据。在一种可能的设计中,该芯片系统还可以包括存储器,存储器,用于保存该通信装置必要的程序指令和数据。该芯片系统,可以由芯片构成,也可以包含芯片和其他分立器件,其中,该通信装置具体可以为前述方法实施例中第一通信装置或第二通信装置。An embodiment of the present application also provides a chip system, which includes at least one processor for supporting a communication device to implement the functions involved in the possible implementation methods of the above-mentioned communication device. Optionally, the chip system also includes an interface circuit, which provides program instructions and/or data to the at least one processor. In one possible design, the chip system may also include a memory, which is used to store the necessary program instructions and data for the communication device. The chip system can be composed of chips, or it can include chips and other discrete devices, wherein the communication device can specifically be the first communication device or the second communication device in the aforementioned method embodiment.
本申请实施例还提供了一种通信系统,该网络系统架构包括上述任一实施例中的第一通信装置和第二通信装置。An embodiment of the present application further provides a communication system, wherein the network system architecture includes the first communication device and the second communication device in any of the above embodiments.
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的系统,装置和方法,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如,所述单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另一点,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式。某个功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。本领域技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。In the several embodiments provided in this application, it should be understood that the disclosed systems, devices and methods can be implemented in other ways. For example, the device embodiments described above are merely schematic. For example, the division of the units is only a logical function division. There may be other division methods in actual implementation, such as multiple units or components can be combined or integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored or not executed. Another point is that the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed can be through some interfaces, indirect coupling or communication connection of devices or units, which can be electrical, mechanical or other forms. Whether a function is performed in hardware or software depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Those skilled in the art can use different methods to implement the described functions for each specific application, but such implementation should not be considered to be beyond the scope of this application.
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。The units described as separate components may or may not be physically separate, and the components shown as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place or distributed across multiple network units. Some or all of these units may be selected to achieve the purpose of this embodiment according to actual needs.
另外,在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。上述集成的单元既可以采用硬件的形式实现,也可以采用软件功能单元的形式实现。所述集成的单元如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解,本申请的技术方案本质上或者说做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的全部或部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中,包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机,服务器,或者网络设备等)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括:U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(Read-Only Memory,ROM)、随机存取存储器(Random Access Memory,RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。In addition, the functional units in the various embodiments of the present application can be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit can exist physically separately, or two or more units can be integrated into one unit. The above-mentioned integrated unit can be implemented in the form of hardware or in the form of a software functional unit. If the integrated unit is implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as an independent product, it can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium. Based on this understanding, the technical solution of the present application is essentially or the contributing part or all or part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product. The computer software product is stored in a storage medium and includes several instructions for enabling a computer device (which can be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) to execute all or part of the steps of the method described in the various embodiments of the present application. The aforementioned storage medium includes: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (ROM), random access memory (RAM), disk or optical disk, and other media that can store program code.
Claims (15)
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| CN202410175499.3 | 2024-02-07 | ||
| CN202410175499.3A CN120456046A (en) | 2024-02-07 | 2024-02-07 | A communication method and related equipment |
Publications (1)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| WO2025167443A1 true WO2025167443A1 (en) | 2025-08-14 |
Family
ID=96616873
Family Applications (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| PCT/CN2025/071211 Pending WO2025167443A1 (en) | 2024-02-07 | 2025-01-08 | Communication method and related device |
Country Status (2)
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| CN (1) | CN120456046A (en) |
| WO (1) | WO2025167443A1 (en) |
Citations (5)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| CN115827337A (en) * | 2021-09-10 | 2023-03-21 | 华为技术有限公司 | A kind of model testing method and device |
| US20230354247A1 (en) * | 2022-04-29 | 2023-11-02 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Machine learning model positioning performance monitoring and reporting |
| CN117063510A (en) * | 2023-06-26 | 2023-11-14 | 北京小米移动软件有限公司 | Model performance monitoring method and device |
| WO2024004218A1 (en) * | 2022-07-01 | 2024-01-04 | 株式会社Nttドコモ | Terminal, wireless communication method, and base station |
| CN118266242A (en) * | 2022-10-28 | 2024-06-28 | 北京小米移动软件有限公司 | A model performance monitoring method, device, equipment and storage medium |
-
2024
- 2024-02-07 CN CN202410175499.3A patent/CN120456046A/en active Pending
-
2025
- 2025-01-08 WO PCT/CN2025/071211 patent/WO2025167443A1/en active Pending
Patent Citations (5)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| CN115827337A (en) * | 2021-09-10 | 2023-03-21 | 华为技术有限公司 | A kind of model testing method and device |
| US20230354247A1 (en) * | 2022-04-29 | 2023-11-02 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Machine learning model positioning performance monitoring and reporting |
| WO2024004218A1 (en) * | 2022-07-01 | 2024-01-04 | 株式会社Nttドコモ | Terminal, wireless communication method, and base station |
| CN118266242A (en) * | 2022-10-28 | 2024-06-28 | 北京小米移动软件有限公司 | A model performance monitoring method, device, equipment and storage medium |
| CN117063510A (en) * | 2023-06-26 | 2023-11-14 | 北京小米移动软件有限公司 | Model performance monitoring method and device |
Also Published As
| Publication number | Publication date |
|---|---|
| CN120456046A (en) | 2025-08-08 |
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| WO2025167443A1 (en) | Communication method and related device | |
| WO2025190244A1 (en) | Communication method and related apparatus | |
| WO2025175756A1 (en) | Communication method and related device | |
| WO2025190252A1 (en) | Communication method and related apparatus | |
| WO2025189831A1 (en) | Communication method and related apparatus | |
| WO2025190248A1 (en) | Communication method and related apparatus | |
| WO2025208880A1 (en) | Communication method, and related apparatus | |
| WO2025190246A1 (en) | Communication method and related apparatus | |
| WO2025189860A1 (en) | Communication method and related apparatus | |
| WO2025189861A1 (en) | Communication method and related apparatus | |
| WO2025227699A1 (en) | Communication method and related apparatus | |
| WO2025179919A1 (en) | Communication method and related apparatus | |
| WO2025218168A1 (en) | Communication method and related apparatus | |
| WO2025209130A1 (en) | Communication method and related apparatus | |
| WO2025118980A1 (en) | Communication method and related device | |
| WO2025103115A1 (en) | Communication method and related device | |
| CN120935033A (en) | A communication method and related apparatus | |
| WO2025256215A1 (en) | Communication method and related apparatus | |
| WO2025025193A1 (en) | Communication method and related device | |
| WO2025019990A1 (en) | Communication method and related device | |
| WO2025261007A1 (en) | Communication method and related apparatus | |
| WO2025092159A1 (en) | Communication method and related device | |
| WO2025139534A1 (en) | Communication method and related device | |
| WO2025227700A1 (en) | Communication method and related apparatus | |
| WO2025092160A1 (en) | Communication method and related device |
Legal Events
| Date | Code | Title | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| 121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 25751045 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |